You are on page 1of 174

Demag DRS wheel block system

39144

080812 enGB 203 352 44 714 IS 845


Further documents Drive Designer
Logic-guided selection and configuration of Demag geared motors and travel unit
components.

Drive Designer Online at:

www.demag-drivedesigner.com

provides all information online (no installation required; always up-to-date; many
special functions).
The configuration system for other Demag products is accessible via the Design
Portal www.demag-designer.com

When this catalogue is published, all previous issues become invalid and must be
regarded as withdrawn.

The same applies for all previous versions of Drive Designers on CD, 208 731 44
and 208 745 44, Version 5 and earlier.

General documents Ident. no.

DE EN FR ES

Brochures

Demag drives brochure 208 732 44 208 734 44 208 735 44 208 736 44
Demag wheel range brochure 208 722 44 208 724 44 208 725 44 208 726 44

Catalogues/technical data

Drive Designer Online www.demag-drivedesigner.com


Geared motors catalogue 203 150 44 203 151 44 203 152 44 203 153 44
DRS wheel block system catalogue 203 350 44 203 352 44 203 353 44 203 354 44
Demag DWS wheel sets technical data 203 687 44 203 688 44 203 689 44 203 690 44
Geared travel motors catalogue – Volume 3 – Quick selection and gearbox limit torque – DE / EN / FR 203 013 44 –
Geared travel motors catalogue – Volume 3 – Quick selection and gearbox limit torque – IT / EN / ES – 203 014 44 – 203 014 44

Assembly instructions

D 11 – D 41 helical gearbox assembly instructions 214 719 44 214 720 44 214 721 44 214 722 44
D 50 – D 90 helical gearbox assembly instructions 214 150 44 214 151 44 214 152 44 214 153 44
W 10 – W 100 angular gearbox assembly instructions 214 057 44 214 058 44 214 059 44 214 060 44
A 10 – A 90 offset gearbox assembly instructions 214 205 44 214 206 44 214 207 44 214 208 44
FG 06, FG 08, FG 10 gearbox assembly instructions 206 217 44 206 218 44 206 219 44 206 220 44
Motor assembly instructions – Z motor range 214 227 44 214 228 44 214 229 44 214 230 44
KBA – KBF motor assembly instructions 214 317 44 214 318 44 214 319 44 214 320 44
Brake accessories for Z motor range, assembly instructions 214 040 44 214 041 44 214 042 44 214 043 44
Assembly instructions / Plug connection for KB and Z motor ranges 214 021 44 214 022 44 214 023 44 214 024 44
Encoders for Z motors assembly instructions 214 371 44 214 372 44 214 373 44 214 374 44
DRS 112 – 200 wheel block system assembly instructions 214 275 44 214 276 44 214 277 44 214 278 44
DRS 250 – 500 wheel block system assembly instructions 214 326 44 214 327 44 214 328 44 214 329 44
DWS wheel set assembly and maintenance instructions 214 132 44 214 133 44 214 134 44 214 135 44
203352k1y_enGB_080812

2
1 Demag DRS wheel block system
Introduction
1

1
2 Demag DRS wheel block system L2

Selection Large partial load

Load capacity
Medium partial load
Medium dead load

Operating time
2
3 Demag DRS wheel block system
Data and dimensions
3
4 Demag DRS wheel block system
Options and accessories
4
5 Demag DRS wheel block system
Specification
Selection example
5
6 Appendix

6
Order form

Service

Demag Cranes & Components GmbH constantly works on improving its products.
For this reason, we reserve the right to incorporate changes in line with technical
progress and which do not detract from the quality of our products. Therefore, dia-
grams and technical information may not always correspond to the latest design.

Reproduction of this catalogue, in whole or in part, is subject to our prior consent.

For dimensions without tolerance specifications, the general tolerances according


to DIN ISO 2768-1 (m) apply for finished surfaces or the tolerances according to
DIN ISO 8062 (CT10) for unmachined cast surfaces.
203352_1_enGB_080812

3
Contents
1

1 Introduction 8
1.1 DRS 112 to 200 product description 8
1.2 DRS 250 to 500 product description 9
1.3 Modular wheel block system 10
1.4 Drive arrangements, A offset gearboxes / W angular gearboxes 11
1.5 Paint finish 12
1.6 Friction bearing arrangement 12
1.6.1 Friction bearings (DRS 112 – 200) 12
1.6.2 Friction bearings (DRS 250 – 500) 12
1.7 Travel wheel materials 13
1.8 Permissible horizontal loads for DRS wheel blocks 14
1.9 Reduction factors for wheel blocks 14
1.10 Prohibited practices, improper use 15

2 Demag DRS wheel block system – selection 16


2.1 Type designation key (example) for basic wheel blocks 16
2.2 Load spectra 18
2.3 Wheel block quick selection 18
2.4 Wheel block system drive combinations 20
2.5 Gearbox-motor assignment for ZI central drive unit, inside arrangement 21
2.5.1 Central drive unit, inside arrangement, with offset geared motors 21
2.5.2 Central drive unit, inside arrangement, with angular geared motors 21
2.6 Ground clearance 23
2.6.1 Ground clearance – vertical arrangement of gearbox 23
2.6.2 Ground clearance – horizontal arrangement of gearbox, direct input 24
2.6.3 Ground clearance – horizontal arrangement of gearbox,
coupling connection with KB motor 26
2.7 Wheel – rail system 28
2.7.1 Travel wheel variants 28
2.7.2 Rail systems 28
2.7.3 Manufacturer’s tolerances for crane runways 29
2.7.4 Load capacity of the wheel blocks with linear contact 30
2.7.5 Load capacity of the wheel blocks with point contact 40
2.7.6 Travel wheels with special contours 44
2.7.7 Travel wheels with Hydropur tyre 46
2.7.8 Travel wheels of Polyamide PA6G 46

3 Data and dimensions 48


3.1 Data and dimensions DRS 112 – 200 48
3.2 Data and dimensions DRS 250 – 500 50
3.3 Travel wheel variants and shapes – wheels for guided travel 52
3.3.1 Travel wheel for V rail 52
3.3.2 Travel wheel with concave tread 52
3.3.3 Travel wheel with middle guide flange 53
3.3.4 Travel wheel with convex tread with no flanges 53
3.4 DRS 112 – 200 top connection 54
DRS 250 – 500 top connection 55
3.5 DRS 112 – 200 side connection 56
DRS 250 – 500 side connection 57
3.6 DRS 112 – 200 pin connection 58
DRS 200 pin connection with AD. 50 / WU. 60 gearbox 60
DRS 250 – 500 pin connection 61
3.7 DRS 112 – 250 end connection 62
3.8 Axial retaining arrangement with track gauge adjustment 64
3.9 Pin set 65
203352_1_enGB_080812

3.10 Welded plate 66

4
1
3.11 Shaft system 67
3.11.1 Individual drive unit, offset gearbox 68
3.11.2 Central drive unit inside arrangement (ZI), offset gearbox 69
3.11.3 Individual drive unit, angular gearbox 70
3.11.4 Central drive unit inside arrangement (ZI), angular gearbox 71
3.11.5 Central drive unit inside arrangement (ZI), DRS 500 72
3.12 Splined shaft type A 74
3.13 Splined shaft type DFW 74
3.14 Connecting shaft type G 75
3.15 Shafts – coupling K 76
3.16 Universal shaft F 77
3.16.1 Universal shaft F, shaft dimensions 77
3.16.2 Universal shaft F, dimensions for DRS 112 – 200 78
3.16.3 Universal shaft F, dimensions for DRS 250 – 500 79
3.16.4 Universal shaft F, calculation 80
3.17 Journal shafts, offset and angular gearboxes DRS 112 – 500 82
Offset gearbox, direct input, 2 and 3-stage
3.18 Dimensions of travel drive with offset geared motor, direct input 84
3.18.1 DRS 112 – 200 wheel block with offset gearbox and ZB. motor 84
3.18.2 DRS 250 – 500 wheel block with offset gearbox and ZB. motor 86
Angular gearbox, direct input
3.19 Dimensions of travel drive with angular geared motor, direct input 88
3.19.1 DRS 112 – 200 wheel block with angular gearbox and ZB. motor 88
3.19.2 DRS 250 – 500 wheel block with angular gearbox and ZB. motor 90
Offset gearbox, coupling connection, 2 and 3-stage
3.20 Dimensions of travel drive with offset geared motor,
coupling connection 94
3.20.1 DRS 112 – 200 wheel block with offset gearbox and KB. motor 94
3.20.2 DRS 250 – 500 wheel block with offset gearbox and KB. motor 96
Angular gearbox, coupling connection
3.21 Dimensions of travel drive with angular geared motor,
coupling connection 102
3.21.1 DRS 112 – 200 wheel block with angular gearbox and KB. motor 102
3.21.2 DRS 250 – 500 wheel block with angular gearbox and KB. motor 105
3.22 ZB. motor dimensions 110
3.22.1 Motor dimensions with offset gearboxes, direct input 110
3.22.2 Motor dimensions with angular gearboxes, direct input 111
3.22.3 Z motor dimensions for coupling connection 111
3.23 KB. motor dimensions 112

4 Options and accessories 113


4.1 MA / MW and D2 torque bracket set 113
4.2 MA / MW torque brackets 114
4.3 D2 torque bracket 116
4.4 Buffer 119
4.4.1 Buffer dimensions 119
4.4.2 DPZ cellular plastic buffer 120
4.4.3 DPG rubber buffer 120
4.4.4 DPH hydraulic buffer 121
4.5 Buffer dimensions 122
4.5.1 Buffer elements, DPZ cellular plastic buffer 122
4.5.2 Buffer elements, DPG rubber buffer 124
4.5.3 DPH hydraulic buffer 126
4.6 Horizontal guide rollers 128
4.6.1 General 128
4.6.2 Horizontal guide rollers, DRS 112 – 200 129
203352_1_enGB_080812

4.6.3 Horizontal guide rollers, DRS 250 – 500 130


4.6.4 Suitability of rail fastening in combination with horizontal guide rollers 132
4.6.5 Suitability of rail head flange in combination with horizontal guide rollers 134
4.7 Rail sweeping system 135

5
1

4.8 Central drive unit shaft protection 135


4.9 Options 136
4.9.1 Friction bearing with double-sided sealing washers, DRS 112 – 200 136
4.9.2 Special ambient temperatures DRS 250 – 500 136
4.9.3 Regreasing tapered roller bearings, DRS 250 – 500 137
4.9.4 Bore holes through top connection surface 138
4.9.5 Special paint finish 138
4.9.6 Travel wheels with hardened treads and wheel flanges 139
4.9.7 Alignment device 139

5 Travel unit – rating and specification 140


5.1 Travel drives 140
5.1.1 Work cycle 140
5.1.2 Duty factor 141
5.1.3 Starts per hour 142
5.1.4 Efficient travel speed 142
5.1.5 Gearbox transmission ratio: travel wheel/travel speed/motor speed 143
5.1.6 Full load hours according to group of mechanisms 143
5.2 Drive specification 144
5.2.1 Travel resistance 144
5.2.2 Acceleration and braking 146
5.2.3 Motor starting frequency 147
5.2.4 Friction of the brake 148
5.2.5 Travel wheel slip torque 149
5.3 Determining the maximum permissible wheel load 150
5.3.1 Determining the mechanisms according to duty 150
5.3.2 Determining according to group of mechanisms 152
5.3.3 Checking the wheel block selection 153
5.3.4 Estimating the wheel block service life 153
5.3.5 Determining according to the number of service life load cycles for wheel
blocks and connections 153
5.3.6 Determining the number of load cycles 154
5.4 Selection example components for a 4-wheel carriage 155
5.4.1 Project description 155
5.4.2 Known data 155
5.4.3 Determining the group of mechanisms and the number of service life load
cycles 156
5.4.4 Checking the wheel block selection 158
5.4.5 Determining the number of service life load cycles 159
5.4.6 Determining the permissible wheel load 159
5.4.7 Buffer selection 160
5.4.8 Guide arrangement 161
5.4.9 Select the travel drive 162
5.4.10 Select the components 169

6 Appendix 170
6.1 Notes on ordering 170
6.1.1 Ordering on the basis of a quote or
drive calculation 170
6.1.2 Ordering drives selected by you or your customers 170
6.1.3 Replacement drive 170
6.2 Project data sheet 171
6.3 Addresses 172
203352_1_enGB_080812

6
203352_1_enGB_080812

7
1
1 Demag DRS wheel block system
Introduction
1

1.1 DRS 112 to 200 Sliding nuts Opening to ac-


product description with thread commodate align-
ment device

Friction
bearing

Position
of type
plate

Measuring mark:
Travel wheel centre Travel wheel
Polyamide
composite hub
41621345.eps

The Demag DRS 112 to 200 wheel block system, suitable for loads up to
10000 kg, is a concept designed to meet customer wishes.

The advantages of the system are:


• Most favourable ground clearance conditions with Demag offset geared motors.
• Robust aluminium housing with very good shape and position tolerances.
• Variable basic design by fitting various travel wheel materials and shapes.
• Weather-resistant due to surface powder coating (RAL 7001, silver grey). Spe-
cial paint finish available on request.
• Compensation of track gauge deviations of up to 3 mm per side possible.
• Protected internal bearing arrangement.
• Minimum maintenance due to bearings lubricated for life.
• Travel wheel and bearings can be replaced thanks to bolted housing.
• High installation availability since the housing with top connection does not nec-
essarily need to be removed to replace the travel wheel. Not having to realign
the housing saves time.
• The damping element in the travel wheel reduces the load on the gearbox.
• The gearbox output torque is transmitted to the wheel block virtually without any
radial force by means of the special Demag torque bracket.
• High-tensile bolted connections are zinc-coated and therefore provided with
long-term corrosion protection.

Splined hub profile


to DIN 5480
203352_1_enGB_080812

41641045.eps
8
1
1.2 DRS 250 to 500
product description

Friction
bearing

Position of
type plate

Travel wheel
Sixth connecting Splined hub pro-
surface file to DIN 5480

The Demag DRS 250 to 500 wheel block system, suitable for loads up
to 40000 kg, is designed as a heavy-duty travel unit based on the same principle
as the smaller DRS 112 to 200 series.

The advantages of the system are:


• Most favourable ground clearance conditions with Demag offset geared motors.
• A robust spheroidal graphite cast iron housing with precisely machined connect-
ing surfaces.
• Variable basic design by fitting various travel wheel materials and shapes.
• Possible compensation of track gauge deviations up to 4 mm or skewing up to
14 ‰.
• Protected internal bearing arrangement featuring tapered-roller bearings.
• Minimum maintenance due to bearings lubricated for life with standard ambient
conditions.
• The friction bearing arrangement is prepared for re-lubrication in the case of
special ambient conditions and re-lubrication sets can be simply added later on.
• Travel wheel and bearings can be replaced thanks to bolted housing.
• High installation availability since the housing with top connection does not nec-
essarily need to be removed to replace the travel wheel. Not having to realign
the housing saves time.
• The torque bracket, designed to match the wheel block, reduces peak loads
and enables the drive torque to be transmitted virtually without any radial force.
• High-tensile bolted connections are zinc-coated and therefore provided with
long-term corrosion protection.
203352_1_enGB_080812

9
1

1.3 Modular wheel block The patented modular wheel block system is an optimum combination of drives
and rail-guided travel units. The system is used for tasks such as supporting, guid-
system ing and driving loads. All fittings feature connection arrangements which have been
proven over decades.

DRS wheel block

MA torque bracket MW torque bracket

A . . offset geared motors WU . angular geared motors

Individual drive unit Central drive unit

Individual drive unit Central drive unit

Connection variants Connection variants


Top con- Side con- Pin connection Top con- Side con- Pin connection
nection nection Box- End con- nection nection Box- DRS 250 end connection
section nection section
girder girder

Hub variants Travel wheel variants Guide rollers/fittings

Splined hubs Travel wheel A B C D E F


splined profile

A GJS (GGG) with flange on both sides Buffer


B GJS (GGG) without flange
203352_1_enGB_080812

C Polyamide without flange, with larger diameter


D GJS (GGG) with flange on one side
E GJS (GGG) without flange, with larger diameter
F Hydropur without flange, with larger diameter
See section 1.7 for information on travel wheel materials
41803945.eps
10
1
1.4 Drive arrangements

AME 10 – 40 offset gearboxes ADE 40 – 80 offset gearboxes

AMK 10 – 40 offset gearboxes ADK 40 – 80 and AUK 90 offset gearboxes

42098245.eps

WUE 10 – 50 angular gearboxes WUE 40 – 80 angular gearboxes

WUK 10 – 50 angular gearboxes WUK 40 – 100 angular gearboxes


203352_1_enGB_080812

42098344.eps
11
1

1.5 Paint finish


Standard DRS 112 – 200
The aluminium wheel block housings are provided with a weather-resistant powder
coating in RAL 7001 (silver grey) with a minimum thickness of 90 μm before leav-
ing the factory.

DRS 250 – 500


Primer coat: Single coat of silver grey paint, coat thickness approx. 40 μm
Finish coat: Silver grey RAL 7001, 50% shine, approx. 50 μm.

Special paint finish is possible on request, see section 4.9.5 Special paint finish.

1.6 Friction bearing ar-


rangement
1.6.1 Friction bearings
(DRS 112 – 200)

41125044.eps 41628244.eps

Standard: Options:
The friction bearings of DRS 112 – 200 For special ambient conditions, the
wheel blocks are protected and ar- maintenance-free grooved ball bear-
ranged inside the wheel block housing. ings with double-sided sealing washers
This bearing arrangement features must be used, see section 4.9.1.
grooved ball bearings that are lubri-
cated for life and sealed, reducing
maintenance to a minimum, and are
particularly suitable for high axial loads.
Suitable for temperatures from -20°C to
+70 °C and normal ambient conditions.

1.6.2 Friction bearings Standard:


Tapered roller bearings
(DRS 250 – 500) The friction bearings of DRS 250 – 500
wheel blocks are protected and ar-
ranged inside the wheel block housing.
The compact tapered roller bearing
with NILOS and V sealing rings saves
space despite the high radial and axial
load capability and is filled with grease
ready for application. The housing and
travel wheel arrangement provide an
additional trap system. The bearing ar-
rangement is lubricated for life. Suitable
42017644.eps
for temperatures from -20°C to +70 °C
and normal ambient conditions.
Options:
203352_1_enGB_080812

For special ambient conditions, the tapered roller bearings are specially sealed
and filled with an appropriate special grease, re-lubrication must then be provided,
as required, see section 4.9.

12
1
1.7 Travel wheel materials
EN-GJS-700-2 (GGG 70) GJS-700-2 (GGG 70) is a spheroidal graphite cast iron, a material with a self-lubri-
cating effect owing to the graphite incorporated in it. Therefore, the travel wheels
feature high wear resistance with low travel resistance, thus minimising wear on
the rail. The high inherent shock-absorbing effect of the travel wheels ensures
smooth travel characteristics of the travel unit. Travel wheels with guide features,
e.g. flange-guided, with a tread distance to the travel rail of min. 1 mm and guide
roller arrangement with identical distance are available.

Hardened travel wheels For operating conditions in which increased travel wheel wear is likely (e.g. rails
with extreme dirt accumulation by casting sand or similar), the treads and flanges
of the spheroidal graphite cast iron travel wheels are specially hardened, see sec-
tion 4.9.6.

Travel wheels with Hydropur tyre Hydropur is a polyurethane elastomer which features good resistance to hydro-
lyses compared to other conventional polyurethanes (such as Vulkollan, for ex-
ample). This material features significantly higher friction values compared to GJS
(GGG) wheels, thus making travel wheels with a Hydropur tyre predestined for
highly dynamic applications. Running noises are reduced to a minimum owing to
the good dampening characteristics. Attention must be paid to the considerably
reduced permissible load capacities compared to wheels of GJS-700-2 (GGG 70).
Wheels with Hydropur tyres are particularly suitable for operation on concrete
surfaces owing to the low contact area pressure or in the case of particularly high
acceleration rates of up to 1.5 m/s2 for friction drives due to the high friction coef-
ficient between the travel wheel tyre and counterpart material. This material can be
used at up to 80 ºC for high temperature applications.

Polyamide Compared to GJS-700-2 (GGG 70) travel wheels, travel wheels made of polyam-
ide (PA 6 casting) feature significantly reduced travel noise for comparable friction
values. Attention must also be paid to the significantly reduced permissible load
capacity compared to travel wheels made of GJS-700-2 (GGG 70). Owing to the
high specific contact pressure as a result of the round shape, polyamide is only
suitable for operation on steel materials or similar.

Application of the various travel Properties Cast iron Hydropur Polyamide Nirosta
wheel types
High acceleration with friction connection
O O O
above 0.5 m/s2

High pressure: wheel/rail – – O

Counterpart material: steel

Counterpart material: aluminium O O

Counterpart material: suitable concrete


– – –
/ screed

Temperature to 110 ºC (DRS 112 – 200) – O

Temperature to 150 ºC (DRS 250 – 500) – –

High humidity at high temperatures O O O

Outdoor operation with ice and snow O O

suitable O partially suitable – not suitable


203352_1_enGB_080812

13
1

1.8 Permissible horizontal • Flange guide arrangement


loads for DRS wheel The permissible horizontal force on flange-guided wheel blocks must not ex-
ceed 20 % of the actual wheel load.
blocks
• Wheel blocks with roller guide arrangement
The permissible horizontal force on wheel blocks fitted with a roller guide ar-
rangement must not exceed 15 % of the actual wheel load. For DRS 112 –
DRS 200 with travel wheel variant E, the value must be limited to 12 %.
Exception: DRS 200 with top connection, the permissible horizontal force must
be limited to 10% of the actual wheel load. If higher horizontal loads are to be
expected, the roller guide arrangement can be fitted to the steel superstructure,
however, not to the wheel block.

• Wheel blocks with roller guide arrangement, fitted to the customer’s


superstructure
The guide roller arrangement as a solo part may transmit 20 % of the permis-
sible wheel load when fitted to the customer’s superstructure.

1.9 Reduction factors for


wheel blocks

for temperature fK A uniform temperature-dependent reduction factor fK is used for the entire wheel
block. It takes into account the temperature-dependent strength of the materials
used as well as the lubricating properties of the anti-friction bearing greases.

– 20 ºC
up to up to up to up to up to up to up to up to up to up to
Wheel block to
– 40 ºC – 30 ºC + 50 ºC + 60 ºC + 70 °C + 80 ºC + 90 ºC + 100 ºC + 110 ºC + 150 ºC
+ 40 ºC
DRS 112 – 200
0.6 0.75 1 0.93 0.76 0.7 0.65 0.6 0.55 0.5 –
NA Non-driven

DRS 112 – 200


0.6 0.75 1 0.93 0.76 0.7 0.65 – – – –
A / MA Driven

DRS 250 – 500 0.6 0.75 1 0.98 0.95 0.93 0.9 0.72 0.53 0.5 0.42

With temperatures exceeding 70 °C or less than 20 °C, a special lubricant must


be used in the friction bearings. For driven designs, the temperature limits of the
drive unit must be observed.

for rail material fSt A reduction factor fSt must be taken into account for linear or point contact depend-
travel wheel material GJS-700-2 ing on the material of the rail.
(GGG 70)
Rail material Factor fSt

Tensile strength e.g. according to


Rm [N/mm2] DIN EN 10025 Linear contact Point contact
≥ 690 E 360 (old: St 70-2) 1 1
Rail
≥ 570 E 335 (old: St 60-2) 1 0.44
S 355 J 2 G 3 (old: St
≥ 490 1 0.38
52-3)
≥ 340 S 235 J R (old: St 37-2) 0.25 0.01

Linear contact • Cylindrical travel wheel ─ Flat rail


203352_1_enGB_080812

Point contact • Cylindrical travel wheel ─ Convex travel wheel


• Convex travel wheel ─ Flat rail

14
1
1.10 Prohibited practices, Under the following operating conditions, malfunctions, failure or hazard to life and
limb may occur, e.g. in the case of:
improper use
• Acidic, corrosive air as coolant
• Explosion hazard atmospheres
• Operation outside the permitted temperature range
• Exceeding the permissible load
• Exceeding the design service life
• Operation under prohibited ambient conditions
• Use of connecting elements not designed for use with the wheel block
• Use of non-genuine Demag parts
• For self-designed manual drives or for the use of special drives, it must be
ensured that the drive torque is transmitted without any radial force. Universal
shaft F must be used specially for sizes DRS 112 – DRS 200.
• Non-compliance with the assembly instructions
• Bolted connections which are not tightened with the specified torque
• Incomplete assembly of connecting elements
• Occurrence of peak loads which were not considered in the design

Please also observe the assembly instructions.


203352_1_enGB_080812

15
2 Demag DRS wheel block system
Selection

2.1 Type designation key (example) for basic wheel blocks

DRS 112 A30 A 47 K H A10


2

Prepared for drive connection:


A Offset gearboxes 10 ... 90
W Angular gearboxes 10 ... 100
F Universal shaft F
X No gearbox considered

Wheel block 1), prepared for:


H Fitting of accessories
such as, for example, horizontal guide rollers
X Not prepared for fitting accessories.

Connection variants, prepared for:


K Top connection
B Pin connection
W Side connection
For design with drive
W1: Drive torque bracket on wheel block
W2: Torque bracket on steel structure on the side-plate side

Travel wheel tread:


for types A and D : b1
for types B, C, E, F : 0

Travel wheel variants


A GJS (GGG) with flange on both sides
B GJS (GGG) without flange
C Polyamide without flange, with larger diameter
D GJS (GGG) with flange on one side
E GJS (GGG) without flange, with larger diameter
F Hydropur without flange, with larger diameter
S Special travel wheel

Basic type
A.. Driven wheel block, for torque bracket fitting
and indication of hub profiles
MA . . Wheel block also driven
and indication of hub profiles
NA . . Non-driven wheel block

Size 112, 125, 160, 200, 250, 315, 400, 500


203352_2_enGB_080812

Demag wheel block system

1) Size DRS 112 – DRS 200


16
DRS 112 – 200 basic types DRS 250 – 500 basic types

A MA NA A/MA NA

2
See section 2.4 for overview of splined hub
42099544.eps 42099545.eps
profiles, diameters
DRS 112 – 200 travel wheel variants DRS 250 – 500 travel wheel variants
A B D E F C A B D E

43431444.eps 42098944.eps

Travel wheel variant Wheel Travel wheel Travel wheel tread b1 [mm] Rail width
block width
A D Standard travel wheel type
[mm] to 1) to 2) A D k

DRS 112 80 60 62 47, 55, 60 47 40...60

DRS 125 80 60 62 47, 55, 60 47, 60 40...60

DRS 160 89 65 67 47, 55, 60, 65 47, 65 40...65

DRS 200 101 67 75 55, 60, 65, (75 2)) 65 50...70

DRS 250 110 77 80 52, 60, 65, 70, 75 65, 75 50...75

DRS 315 130 90 96 65, 75, 80, 90 80, 90 60...90

DRS 400 155 110 - 75, 80, 90, 110 80, 110 65...100
41617944.eps
DRS 500 170 110 - 90, 110 90, 110 70...100
Distance s on each side min. 1 mm /
max. 5 mm, tolerance class 2 to VDI 3576

DRS 112 – 200 connection variants DRS 250 – 500 connection variants
K W B K W B
Box-section End connection Box-section DRS 250 end
girder girder connection

42099344.eps 42099444.eps

DRS 112 – 200 roller guide arrangements DRS 250 – 500 roller guide arrangements
203352_2_enGB_080812

42099144.eps 42099244.eps

1) For travel wheel treads smaller than the smallest standard tread, there is no wear indicator.
2) Hardened travel wheels (treads and flanges), for DRS 112 – 200, flanges without wear indicator 17
2.2 Load spectra L1
Light (k ≤ 0.5):
Mechanisms, or parts thereof, usually
subject to light loads and occasional

Load capacity
Small partial load maximum loads.
Small dead load

Operating time
2

Medium (0.5 < k ≤ 0.63):


L2
Mechanisms, or parts thereof, usually
Large partial load
subject to light loads, but with a higher
Load capacity
Medium partial load
Medium dead load incidence of maximum load.

Operating time

Heavy (0.63 < k ≤ 0.8):


L3
Mechanisms, or parts thereof, usually
subject to medium loads, and frequent-
Load capacity

Heavy dead load


ly to maximum loads.

Operating time

Very heavy (0.8 < k ≤ 1):


L4
Very heavy dead load Mechanisms, or parts thereof, usually
subject to maximum or almost maxi-
Load capacity

mum loads.

Operating time

Load spectrum Average daily operating time [h]

≤ 0.25 ≤ 0.5 ≤1 ≤2 ≤4 ≤8 ≤ 16 > 16

Light k ≤ 0.50 – – – 1 Bm 1 Am 2m 3m 4m

Medium k ≤ 0.63 – – 1 Bm 1 Am 2m 3m 4m 5m

Heavy k ≤ 0.80 – 1 Bm 1 Am 2m 3m 4m 5m –

Very heavy k≤1 1 Bm 1 Am 2m 3m 4m 5m – –

2.3 Wheel block Quick selection of wheel block sizes depending on the loads to be displaced ac-
cording to groups of mechanisms and travel speed.
quick selection
The basis for selection is the maximum useful rail head width for flat rails.
This table is only intended for a first selection, refer to the permissible wheel load
tables for linear contact (section 2.7.4) or for point contact (section 2.7.5) for more
203352_2_enGB_080812

detailed information on groups of mechanisms 1 Am, 2 m, ..., 5 m.

18
Group of mechanisms/load factor group Travel speed [m/min]

FEM 3m 2m 1 Am 1 Bm
12.5 16 20 25 31.5 40 50 63 80 100 125 160
ISO M6 M5 M4 M3

01160 01460 01840 02320

2
01260 01590 02000 02520

01360 01710 02160 02720 112


01460 01840 02320 02750

01570 01980 02500 03150

01710 02150 02710 03420

01840 02320 02920 03680

01980 02500 03150 03970 125


02150 02710 03410 04300

02320 02920 03680 04640

02500 03150 03970 05000


Mass [kg] per wheel block for flat rails with max. useful rail head width

03000 03650 04520 05560

03260 03950 04870 05990

03510 04220 05200 06410 160


03780 04520 05560 06850

04090 04850 05980 07000

04340 04900 06040 07440

04710 05280 06500 08010

05080 05650 06950 08560

05470 06040 07440 09160 200


05920 06490 07990 09840

06340 06950 08560 10000

08100 09900 011000 13100

08650 010500 11350 14000

09300 010750 12150 14950

09900 011000 13050 16000 250


010500 11350 14000 16000

010750 12150 14950 16000

12050 12950 13850 16400

12350 13250 14350 17650

12650 13550 15350 18900

12950 13850 16400 20200 315


13250 14300 17650 21700

13550 15350 18900 22000

17500 19400 21000 25850

18550 19900 22600 27800

18950 20350 24150 29750 400


19400 21000 25850 30000

21650 24750 28000 34500

23100 25400 30150 37150


500
203352_2_enGB_080812

24200 26200 32250 39750

24750 28000 34500 40000

19
2.4 Wheel block system drive combinations
with offset and angular geared motors
Wheel block
DRS 112 DRS 125 DRS 160 DRS 200 DRS 250 DRS 315 DRS 400 DRS 500
Splined hub profile N 30 N 30 N 35 N 35 N 45 N 45 N 50 N 50 N 65 N 65 N 75 N 75 N 90 N 90 N 110
2

Travel
wheel
GJS-700-2

GJS-700-2

GJS-700-2

GJS-700-2

GJS-700-2

GJS-700-2

GJS-700-2

GJS-700-2

GJS-700-2

GJS-700-2

GJS-700-2

GJS-700-2

GJS-700-2

GJS-700-2

GJS-700-2
Polyamide

Polyamide

Polyamide

Polyamide

Polyamide

Polyamide

Polyamide
Hydropur

Hydropur

Hydropur

Hydropur

Hydropur

Hydropur

Hydropur
material
Gearbox
size
A 10 / W 10 ●●●●● – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – –

A 20 / W 20 O O O – – – ● – ●●● – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – –

A 30 / W 30 – – – – – – O – O – – – ● – ●●● – – – – – – – – – – – –

A 40 / W 40 – – – – – – – – – – – – O – O – – – ● – ● ● – – – – – – –

A 50 / W 50 / W 60 – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – O – O – ● ● – – – – –

A 60 / W 70 – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – O – ● ● – – –

A 70 / W 80 – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – O – ● ● –

A 80 / W 90 – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – O – ●
A 90 / W 100 – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – O

Universal shaft F ●●● – – – ● – ● – – – ● – ● – – – ● – ● – ● – ● – ● – ●


● = Combination with solid shafts Note:
O = Combination with splined hollow shaft for splined shafts Check that the shaft coupling and mo-
– = not possible tor housing do not collide for central
drive arrangements with offset geared
motors according to section 2.5.1.

203352_2_enGB_080812

20
2.5 Gearbox-motor assignment for ZI central drive unit, inside arrangement
2.5.1 Central drive unit, inside For wheel block-geared motor assignments with offset geared motors, collision of
arrangement, with offset the motor with the shaft coupling must be excluded. Permissible combinations are
geared motors shown in the following table.

2
41862744.eps

Wheel block
DRS 112 DRS 125 DRS 160 DRS 200 DRS 250 DRS 315 DRS 400 DRS 500
Motor
A offset gearbox
A 10 A 20 A 20 A 30 A 30 A 40 A 40 A 50 A 50 A 60 A 60 A 70 A 70 A 80 A 80 A 90
ZB. 63/71 ● ● ● ● ● ● ●
ZB. 80/90A ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●
ZB. 90B/100 ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●
ZB. 112/132 ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●
ZB. 160/180A ● ● ● ● ● ●
ZB. 180B/200 ● ● ●
ZB. 225 ● ● ●
KB. 71 ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●
KB. 80 ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●
KB. 90 ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●
KB. 100 ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●
KB. 112 ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●
KB. 125 ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●
KB. 140 ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●
KB. 160 ● ● ● ● ●
KB. 180 ● ● ●
KB. 200 ● ● ●
KB. 225 ●
●= Possible combination Important: Motor / terminal box position not in the direction of the central shaft.

2.5.2 Central drive unit, inside There is no limitation for the permissible gearbox-motor combination for
arrangement, with angular DRS wheel blocks with angular geared motors.
geared motors
203352_2_enGB_080812

41862544.eps

21
2

22
203352_2_enGB_080812
2.6 Ground clearance
2.6.1 Ground clearance –
AM/AD offset gearbox WU angular
vertical arrangement of gearbox
gearbox

2
The ground clearance results from the
mounting combinations
(gearbox – torque bracket or gear-
box – motor)
41628544.eps 41804544.eps

Wheel block Gearbox Ground clearance x 1) Component obstacle


[mm] edge
AM. 10 +5.0 G/D
AM. 20 -1.5 G
DRS 112
WU. 10 -18 D
WU. 20 -24 G
AM. 10 +5.5 D
AM. 20 +5.0 G
AM. 30 -13 G/D
DRS 125
WU. 10 -13 D
WU. 20 -18 G
WU. 30 -28 G
AM. 20 +11 D
AM. 30 +5.0 G/D
AM. 40 -10 G
DRS 160
WU. 20 -2.0 D
WU. 30 -10 G
WU. 40 -25 G
AM. 30 +15 D
AM. 40 +10 G
AD. 50 -15 G
DRS 200 WU. 30 -5.0 D
WU. 40 -5.0 D
WU. 50 -20 G/D
WU. 60 -10 G
AD. 40 +20 D
AD. 50 +10 G
AD. 60 -15 G
DRS 250 WU. 40 +20 D
WU. 50 +5.0 G
WU. 60 +15 G
WU. 70 -5.0 G
AD. 50 +30 D
AD. 60 +18 G
AD. 70 -7.5 G
DRS 315 WU. 50 +30 D
WU. 60 +30 D
WU. 70 +28 G
WU. 80 -28 G
AD. 60 +55 D
AD. 70 +35 G
AD. 80 0 G
DRS 400
WU. 70 +55 D
WU. 80 +15 G
WU. 90 -5.0 G
AD. 70 +82 D
AD. 80 +50 G
AU. 90 +10 G
203352_2_enGB_080812

DRS 500
WU. 80 +65 G
WU. 90 +45 G
Obstacle edge G = Gearbox housing WU. 100 -10 G
Obstacle edge D = Torque bracket 20335044_034

1) Table values are based on the nominal travel wheel diameter (wheel block size). The ground clearance increases for travel wheel types C, E and F owing to
the larger travel wheel diameter. 23
2.6.2 Ground clearance – horizontal arrangement of gearbox, direct input

AM 20 offset gearbox, AM/AD offset gearbox WU angular gearbox


turned 15º
2

41645644.eps 41628844.eps 41628944.eps

Wheel Gearbox Ground clearance Component Ground clearance x2 1) [mm]


block x1 1) [mm] obstacle to motor housing depending on size
to edge
gearbox housing ZB. 63/71 ZB. 80/90A ZB. 90B/100 ZB. 112/132 ZB. 160/180A ZB. 180B/200 ZB. 225
AM. 10 D +1.0 G -14 -23 -42 - - - -
AM. 20 D/T -9.5 G -14 -23 -42 - - - -
DRS 112
WU. 10 D -18 D +7.3 -1.2 - - - - -
WU. 20 D/T -24 G +11 +2.0 -18 - - - -
AM. 10 D +5.5 D -7.5 -16 - - - - -
AM. 20 D/T -3.0 G -7.5 -16 -36 - - - -
AM. 30 D/T -17 G -7.5 -16 -36 - - - -
DRS 125
WU. 10 D -13 D +14 +5.3 - - - - -
WU. 20 D/T -18 G +17 +8.5 -11 - - - -
WU. 30 D/T -28 G +20 +12 -8.0 - - - -
AM. 20 D/T +11 D +10 +1.5 -18 - - - -
AM. 30 D/T +1.0 G +10 +1.5 -18 - - - -
AM. 40 D/T -15 G +10 +1.5 -18 -50 - - -
DRS 160
WU. 20 D/T -2.0 D +35 +26 +6.5 - - - -
WU. 30 D/T -10 G +38 +29 +9.5 - - - -
WU. 40 D/T -25 G +39 +30 +11 -21 - - -
AM. 30 D/T +15 D +30 +22 +2.0 - - - -
AM. 40 D/T +5.0 G +30 +22 +2.0 -30 - - -
AD. 50 D/T -21 G +30 +22 +2.0 -30 - - -
WU. 30 D/T -5.0 D +58 +49 +30 - - - -
DRS 200
WU. 40 D/T -5.0 G/D +59 +50 +31 -1.4 - - -
WU. 50 D/T -20 G +63 +55 +35 +3.3 - - -
WU. 60 T -105 G +19 +10 -9.5 -42 - - -
WU. 60 Q -105 G -25 -33 -53 -85 - - -
AD. 40 D/T +20 D +55 +47 +27 -5.0 - - -
AD. 50 D/T +4.0 G +55 +47 +27 -5.0 - - -
AD. 60 D/T -20 G +55 +47 +27 -5.0 - - -
WU. 40 D/T +20 G/D +84 +75 +56 +24 - - -
DRS 250 WU. 50 D/T +5.0 G +88 +80 +60 +28 - - -
WU. 60 T -80 G +44 +35 +16 -17 -44 - -
WU. 60 Q -80 G +0.5 -8.0 -28 -60 -87 - -
WU. 70 T -120 G +49 +41 +21 -11 -38 -78 -101
WU. 70 Q -120 G -1.0 -9.5 -29 -61 -88 -128 -151
203352_2_enGB_080812

Obstacle edge G = Gearbox housing


Obstacle edge D = Torque bracket

1) Table values are based on the nominal travel wheel diameter (wheel block size). The ground clearance increases for travel wheel types C, E and F owing to
24 the larger travel wheel diameter.
2.6.2 Ground clearance – horizontal arrangement of gearbox, direct input

Wheel Gearbox Ground clearance Component Ground clearance x2 1) [mm]


block x1 1) [mm] obstacle to motor housing depending on size
to edge
gearbox housing ZB. 63/71 ZB. 80/90A ZB. 90B/100 ZB. 112/132 ZB. 160/180A ZB. 180B/200 ZB. 225
AD . 50 D/T +30 D +88 +79 +60 +28 - - -

2
AD. 60 D/T +13 G +88 +79 +60 +28 - - -
AD. 70 D/T -16 G +88 +79 +60 +28 - - -
WU. 50 D/T +30 D +121 +112 +93 +61 - - -
WU. 60 T -48 G +76 +68 +48 +16 -11 -51 -74
DRS 315
WU. 60 Q -48 G +33 +25 +5.0 -27 -54 -94 -117
WU. 70 T -88 G +82 +73 +54 +22 -5.5 -46 -69
WU. 70 Q -88 G +32 +23 +3.5 -29 -56 -96 -119
WU. 80 T -118 G +56 +47 +28 -4.5 -32 -72 -95
WU. 80 Q -118 G +5.5 -3.0 -23 -55 -82 -122 -145
AD. 60 D/T +55 G/D +130 +122 +102 +70 - - -
AD. 70 D/T +27 G +130 +122 +102 +70 - - -
AD. 80 D/T -11 G +130 +122 +102 +70 - - -
WU. 70 T -45 G +124 +116 +96 +64 +37 -3.0 -26
DRS 400 WU. 70 Q -45 G +74 +66 +46 +14 -13 -53 -76
WU. 80 T -75 G +98 +90 +70 +38 +11 -29 -52
WU. 80 Q -75 G +48 +40 +20 -12 -39 -79 -102
WU. 90 T -115 G +98 +90 +70 +38 +11 -29 -52
WU. 90 Q -115 G +37 +29 +9.0 -23 -50 -90 -113
AD. 70 D/T +77 G +180 +172 +152 +120 +93 +53 +30
AD. 80 D/T +39 G +180 +172 +152 +120 +93 +53 +30
AU. 90 D/T 0 G +180 +172 +152 +120 +93 +53 +30
WU. 80 T -25 G +148 +140 +120 +88 +61 +21 -2.0
DRS 500 WU. 80 Q -25 G +98 +90 +70 +38 +11 -29 -52
WU. 90 T -65 G +148 +140 +120 +88 +61 +21 -2.0
WU. 90 Q -65 G +87 +79 +59 +27 0 -40 -63
WU. 100 T -140 G +136 +128 +108 +76 +49 +9.0 -14
WU. 100 Q -140 G +58 +50 +30 -2.0 -29 -69 -92
20335044_035

Note: More favourable ground clearance can be achieved when gearbox type WU 60 – 100 model B14.2/B14.8 is used.

AM 20 offset gearbox, turned 15º


Wheel Gearbox Ground clearance Component Ground clearance x2 1) [mm] Overall height x3 1) [mm]
block x1 1) [mm] obstacle to motor housing depending on size to motor housing depending on size
to edge
gearbox housing ZB. 63/71 ZB. 80/90A ZB. 90B/100 ZB. 63/71 ZB. 80/90A ZB. 90B/100
DRS 112 -1.4 G +3.5 -6.2 -28 +162 +172 +194
DRS 125 AM. 20 D/T +5.1 G +10 0 -22 +169 +179 +201
DRS 160 +11 D +27 +18 -4.3 +186 +196 +218
20335044_036

Obstacle edge G = Gearbox housing


203352_2_enGB_080812

Obstacle edge D = Torque bracket

1) Table values are based on the nominal travel wheel diameter (wheel block size). The ground clearance increases for travel wheel types C, E and F owing to
the larger travel wheel diameter. 25
2.6.3 Ground clearance – horizontal arrangement, coupling connection arrangement with KB motor

AM 20 offset gearbox, Offset gearbox Angular gearbox


turned 15º
2

42019744.eps 41831244.eps 41628944.eps

Wheel Gearbox Ground clearance Component Ground clearance x2 1) [mm]


block x1 1) [mm] obstacle to motor housing depending on size
edge
to
gearbox housing KB. 71 KB. 80 KB. 90 KB. 100 KB. 112 KB. 125 KB. 140 KB. 160 KB. 180 KB. 200 KB. 225
AM. 10 D -6.5 K -14 -23 - - - - - - - - -
AM. 20 D/T -9.5 G -14 -23 -33 - - - - - - - -
DRS 112
WU. 10 D -18 D +7.3 -1.7 - - - - - - - - -
WU. 20 D/T -24 G +11 +1.5 -8.5 - - - - - - - -
AM. 10 D 0 K -7.5 -17 - - - - - - - - -
AM. 20 D/T -3.0 G -7.5 -17 -27 - - - - - - - -
AM. 30 D/T -18 K -7.5 -17 -27 -36 - - - - - - -
DRS 125
WU. 10 D -13 D +14 +4.8 - - - - - - - - -
WU. 20 D/T -18 G +17 +8.0 -2.0 - - - - - - - -
WU. 30 D/T -28 G +20 +11 +1.0 -8.0 - - - - - - -
AM. 20 D/T +11 D +10 +1.0 -9.0 - - - - - - - -
AM. 30 D/T 0 K +10 +1.0 -9.0 -18 - - - - - - -
AM. 40 D/T -15 G +10 +1.0 -9.0 -18 - - - - - - -
DRS 160
WU. 20 D/T -2.0 D +35 +26 +16 - - - - - - - -
WU. 30 D/T -10 G +38 +29 +19 +9.5 - - - - - - -
WU. 40 D/T -25 G +39 +30 +20 +11 -1.4 -14 - - - - -
AM. 30 D/T +15 D +30 +21 +11 +2.0 - - - - - - -
AM. 40 D/T +5.0 G +30 +21 +11 +2.0 - - - - - - -
AD. 50 D/T -21 G +30 +21 +11 +2.0 -10 -23 -37 - - - -
WU. 30 D/T -5.0 D +58 +49 +39 +30 - - - - - - -
DRS 200
WU. 40 D/T -5.0 G/D +59 +50 +40 +31 +19 +5.6 - - - - -
WU. 50 D/T -25 G +63 +54 +44 +35 +23 +10 -3.7 - - - -
WU. 60 T -105 G +19 +9.5 -0.5 -9.5 -22 -35 -49 -69 - - -
WU. 60 Q -105 G -25 -34 -44 -53 -65 - - - - - -
AD. 40 D/T +20 D +55 +46 +36 +27 - - - - - - -
AD. 50 D/T +4.0 G +55 +46 +36 +27 +15 +2.0 -12 - - - -
AD. 60 D/T -20 G +55 +46 +36 +27 +15 +2.0 -12 - - - -
WU. 40 D/T +20 G/D +84 +75 +65 +56 +44 +31 - - - - -
DRS 250 WU. 50 D/T 0 K +88 +79 +69 +60 +48 +35 +21 - - - -
WU. 60 T -80 G +44 +35 +25 +16 +3.5 -9.5 -24 -44 - - -
WU. 60 Q -80 G +0.5 -8.5 -19 -28 -40 - - - - - -
WU. 70 T -120 G +49 +40 +30 +21 +9.0 -4.0 -18 -38 -58 -78 -
WU. 70 Q -120 G -1.0 -10 -20 -29 -41 -54 -68 - - - -

Obstacle edge G = Gearbox housing


203352_2_enGB_080812

Obstacle edge D = Torque bracket


Obstacle edge K = Coupling housing

1) Table values are based on the nominal travel wheel diameter (wheel block size). The ground clearance increases for travel wheel types C, E and F owing to
26 the larger travel wheel diameter.
2.6.3 Ground clearance – horizontal arrangement, coupling connection arrangement with KB motor

Wheel Gearbox Ground clearance Component Ground clearance x2 1) [mm]


block obstacle
x1 1) [mm] to motor housing depending on size
edge
to
gearbox housing KB. 71 KB. 80 KB. 90 KB. 100 KB. 112 KB. 125 KB. 140 KB. 160 KB. 180 KB. 200 KB. 225
AD. 50 D/T +30 D +88 +79 +69 +60 +48 +35 +21 - - - -

2
AD. 60 D/T +13 G +88 +79 +69 +60 +48 +35 +21 - - - -
AD. 70 D/T -16 G +88 +79 +69 +60 +48 +35 +21 +0.5 - - -
WU. 50 D/T +30 D +121 +112 +102 +93 +81 +68 +54 - - - -
WU. 60 T -48 G +76 +67 +57 +48 +36 +23 +9.0 -11 - - -
DRS 315
WU. 60 Q -48 G +33 +24 +14 5.0 -7.0 - - - - - -
WU. 70 T -88 G +82 +73 +63 +54 +42 +29 +15 -5.5 -26 -46 -
WU. 70 Q -88 G +32 +23 +13 +3.5 -8.5 -22 -36 - - - -
WU. 80 T -118 G +56 +47 +37 +28 +16 +2.5 -12 -32 -52 -72 -
WU. 80 Q -118 G +5.5 -3.5 -14 -23 -35 -48 -62 - - - -
AD. 60 D/T +55 D +130 +121 +111 +102 +90 +77 +63 - - - -
AD. 70 D/T +27 G +130 +121 +111 +102 +90 +77 +63 +43 - - -
AD. 80 D/T -11 G +130 +121 +111 +102 +90 +77 +63 +43 +23 +3.0 -
WU. 70 T -45 G +124 +115 +105 +96 +84 +71 +57 +37 +17 -3.0 -
DRS 400 WU. 70 Q -45 G +74 +65 +55 +46 +34 +21 +7.0 - - - -
WU. 80 T -75 G +98 +89 +79 +70 +58 +45 +31 +11 -9.0 -29 -
WU. 80 Q -75 G +48 +39 +29 +20 +8.0 -5.0 -19 - - - -
WU. 90 T -115 G - - - - +58 +45 +31 +11 -9.0 -29 -52
WU. 90 Q -115 G - +28 +18 +9.0 -3.0 -16 -30 -50 - - -
AD. 70 D/T +77 D +180 +171 +161 +152 +140 +127 +113 +93 - - -
AD. 80 D/T +39 G - +171 +161 +152 +140 +127 +113 +93 +73 +53 -
AU. 90 D/T 0 G - - - - +140 +127 +113 +93 +73 +53 +30
WU. 80 T -25 G +148 +139 +129 +120 +108 +95 +81 +61 +41 +21 -
DRS 500 WU. 80 Q -25 G +98 +89 +79 +70 +58 +45 +31 - - - -
WU. 90 T -65 G - - - - +108 +95 +81 +61 +41 +21 -2.0
WU. 90 Q -65 G - +78 +68 +59 +47 +34 +20 0 - - -
WU. 100 T -140 G - - - - +96 +83 +69 +49 +29 +9.0 -14
WU. 100 Q -140 G - +49 +39 +30 +18 +5.0 -9.0 -29 -49 -69 0
20335044_037

Note: More favourable ground clearance can be achieved when gearbox type WU 60 – 100 model B14.2/B14.8 is used.

AM 20 offset gearbox, turned 15º


Wheel Gearbox Ground clearance Component Ground clearance x2 1)[mm] Overall height x3 1) [mm]
block x1 1) [mm] obstacle to motor housing depending on size to motor housing depending on size
edge
to
gearbox housing KB. 71 KB. 80 KB. 90 KB. 71 KB. 80 KB. 90
DRS 112 -1.4 G +8.1 -1.5 -12 +158 +167 +178
DRS 125 AM. 20 D/T +5.1 G +15 +5.0 -5.6 +164 +174 +184
DRS 160 +11 D +32 +23 +12 +182 +191 +202
20335044_038

Obstacle edge G = Gearbox housing


203352_2_enGB_080812

Obstacle edge D = Torque bracket


Obstacle edge K = Coupling housing

1) Table values are based on the nominal travel wheel diameter (wheel block size). The ground clearance increases for travel wheel types C, E and F owing to
the larger travel wheel diameter. 27
2.7 Wheel – rail system

2.7.1 Travel wheel variants

Travel wheel types, standard


A B D E F C
2

GJS (GGG) with GJS (GGG) GJS (GGG) with GJS (GGG) with- Hydropur with- Polyamide without flange,
flange on both sides without flange flange on one side out flange out flange, with with larger diameter
larger diameter

Special design (made to order)

for V rail with concave with middle without flange, with


tread guide flange convex tread 41686444.eps

2.7.2 Rail systems For spheroidal-graphite cast iron travel wheel, usually rails of steel are used. A
distinction is generally made between two variants:
- Flat rails
k When cylindrical standard travel wheels are used, the load capacity for linear
contact is defined according to section 2.7.4.
Flat rails are described in DIN 1017 or DIN 1014, for example. Depending on
the wheel size and load capacity, flat rails with suitable dimensions and material
quality must be used. See section 2.7.4.1 for frequently used dimensions

41804244.eps

- Rails with convex tread


When cylindrical standard travel wheels are used, the load capacity for point
contact is defined according to section 2.7.5.
In special cases, convex travel wheels are used on flat rails. In this case, the
load capacity for point contact is also defined according to section 2.7.5.
Depending on the national standard, various geometries and material strengths
are available. In Central Europe, A-rails and S-rails are frequently used, grooved
rails more rarely. In Europe, BSC, UIC and QU(KR) rails are also used. In Amer-
ica, ARA, ASCE and CR rails are common. In Asia, IS, JIS and P-rails are used.
See section 2.7.5.1 for frequently used dimensions
42098544.eps
Owing to the sloping head flank surfaces of some rails, they are not suitable for
the use of horizontal guide rollers, see section 4.6.5.
203352_2_enGB_080812

28
Suitability of rail Assessment criteria for the use of different rail geometries based on:
- Wheel load
- Duty
- Rail support
- Accommodation of lateral forces

2
- Lateral guidance and
- Fitting of wind drift safety devices or tilt safety devices
are explained and described in detail in the VDI 3576 regulations, for example.
ISO 12488 provides additional information about alignment tolerances of crane
travel wheels according to the relevant classification.
The laser alignment device, see section 4.9.7 is available as a tool for aligning the
DRS wheel blocks.
The application of horizontal guide rollers by taking into account the rail fastening
and rail geometry is described in section 4.6.
For recommendations regarding rail or runway for travel wheels of Polyamide or
travel wheels with Hydropur tyres, see section 2.7.7 and section 2.7.8.
2.7.3 Manufacturer’s tolerances for
crane runways

Tolerance Crane runways

Designation Diagram Tolerance class 1 Tolerance class 2 Tolerance class 3


S max

for s ≤ 16 m: for s ≤ 16 m: for s ≤ 16 m:


S min

Tolerance A
S

A = ± 3 mm A = ± 5 mm A = ± 8 mm
of track gauge dimension s of
for s > 16 m: for s > 16 m: for s > 16 m:
crane rails with reference to the
A = ± [3 + 0.25 (s - 16)] A = ± [5 + 0.25 (s - 16)] A = ± [8 + 0.25 (s - 16)]
rail centre and crane runway
A in mm A in mm A in mm
length
use s in m use s in m use s in m
41409444.eps

Smax = s + A Smin = s - A

Tolerance B 2000 2000


b

of the lateral straightness of the


-B +B

rail head with reference to the


crane runway length
B = ± 5 mm B = ± 10 mm B = ± 20 mm
Tolerance b 2000
b = 1 mm b = 1 mm b = 2 mm
of the lateral straightness with
b

reference to 2000 mm meas-


ured length (sample length) at 41409544.eps
any point of the rail head
Position of a rail seen in plan

Tolerance C
2000
of the straightness with refer-
c

ence to the height of the crane


c
-C +C

rail centre and crane rail length.


Tolerance c 2000 C = ± 5 mm C = ± 10 mm C = ± 20 mm
of the straightness with refer- c = 1 mm c = 2 mm c = 4 mm
2000
c

ence to 2000 mm measured


length (sample measurement) 41409644.eps
at any point of the crane
runway Position of a rail seen in elevation (longitudi-
nal slope)

s
+E

Tolerance E
E = ± 0.5‰ x s E = ± 1‰ x s E = ± 2‰ x s
of the height with reference to
E

in mm in mm in mm
perpendicular measuring points
use s in mm use s in mm use s in mm
at every point of the crane
Emax = ± 5 mm Emax = ± 10 mm Emax = ± 20 mm
runway.
203352_2_enGB_080812

41409744.eps
Position of runway in relation to one an-
other in elevation (transverse slope)

Source: VDI 3576


Recommendation: Tolerance class 2
29
2.7.4 Load capacity of the wheel blocks with linear contact
2.7.4.1 Linear contact
Spheroidal graphite cast iron travel wheel material
Flat rail – cylindrical travel wheel
The max. permissible load capacity of the wheel blocks is limited by the per-
missible rail load Rperm (rail) and the effect of the temperature dependence
2

Rperm (temperature).

Rperm (rail) = Rperm (linear) · fSt

Rperm (rail) = permissible wheel load for linear contact on steel rails
Rperm (linear) = permissible wheel load for linear contact
(table value, see page 31 onwards)
fSt = reduction factor for rail material for linear contact, see section 1.9

Permissible wheel loads Rperm (rail) are used in section 5.3 for determining the
maximum permissible wheel load for a wheel block.

Rperm (temperature) = Rperm (linear) · fk

fk = reduction factor for temperature, see section 1.9

Important: Use the smallest calculated value Rperm (temperature) or Rperm (rail) for
further calculation.

The following table shows the dimensions of frequently used flat rails:

Flat rail

Rail to DIN 1017 Head width k [mm]


k 45 x 30 45

45 x 45 45

50 x 30 50

50 x 40 50

55 x 30 55

55 x 55 55

60 x 30 60

60 x 40 60

41804244.eps 60 x 50 60

60 x 60 60

65 x 40 65

70 x 40 70

70 x 50 70

75 x 40 75

80 x 40 80

80 x 50 80

90 x 60 90
203352_2_enGB_080812

100 x 60 100

30
2.7.4.2 DRS 112 – 500 load capacity
Linear contact
Travel wheel material: Spheroidal graphite cast iron GJS-700-2 (GGG-70)
Rail material: E 360 (St 70-2), E 335 (St 60-2), S 355 J 2 G 3 (St 52-3)
Temperature range –20 ºC to +40 ºC

2
DRS 112 Top and side connection

Group of mecha-
Permissible wheel load [kg]
nisms Useful rail
head width
[mm] Travel speed [m/min]
FEM ISO
12.5 16 20 25 31 40 50 63 80 100 125 160

30 2700 2520 2350 2190 2050 1910

35 2740 2560 2400 2220

40
1 Bm M3 2750
45
2720 2520 2320
50

≥ 55

30 2700 2520 2350 2190 2050 1910 1780 1670 1550

35 2740 2560 2390 2220 2080 1940 1810

40
1 Am M4 2750
45
2720 2520 2320 2160 2000 1840
50

≥ 55

30 2700 2510 2350 2190 2050 1910 1780 1660 1550 1450 1350 1260

35 2740 2560 2390 2220 2080 1940 1810 1680 1560 1430

40
2m M5
45 2750
2720 2520 2320 2160 2000 1840 1710 1590 1460
50

≥ 55

30 2200 2130 2040 1980 1870 1750 1670 1530 1400 1290 1180 1060

35 2640 2490

40
3m M6
45 2320 2160 2000 1840 1710 1580 1460 1360 1260 1160
2720 2500
50

≥ 55

30 1980 1920 1840

35

40
4m M7 1720 1590 1470 1360 1260 1170 1080 1000 0920
45 2170 2000 1850

50

≥ 55

30

35

40
5m M8 1720 1590 1470 1370 1270 1170 1080 1000 0930 0860 0800 0730
45
203352_2_enGB_080812

50

≥ 55

31
2.7.4.2 DRS 112 – 500 load capacity
Linear contact
Travel wheel material: Spheroidal graphite cast iron GJS-700-2 (GGG-70)
Rail material: E 360 (St 70-2), E 335 (St 60-2), S 355 J 2 G 3 (St 52-3)
Temperature range –20 ºC to +40 ºC
2

DRS 112 Pin and end connection

Group of mecha-
Permissible wheel load [kg]
nisms Useful rail
head width
[mm] Travel speed [m/min]
FEM ISO
12.5 16 20 25 31 40 50 63 80 100 125 160

30 3446 3215 2993 2799 2612 2431 2303 2252 2197

35 3492 3266 3047 2836 2687

40
1 Bm M3
45 3500 2527 2327
3430 3175 2932 2722
50

≥ 55

30 3446 3200 2993 2799 2612 2431 2303 2250 2197 2149

35 3492 3266 3047 2836 2687

40
1 Am M4 2006 1847
45 3500 2520 2327 2160
3430 3175 2932 2722
50

≥ 55

30 2799 2599 2431 2303 2250 2197 2149

35 3266 3033 2836 2687

40
2m M5 2000 1847 1715 1592 1466
45 2520 2327 2160
3430 3159 2932 2722
50

≥ 55

30 2303 2247 2197 2149

35 2687

40 2722
3m M6 2000 1847 1715 1588 1466 1361 1263 1164
45 2507 2327 2160

50

≥ 55

30 2152

35

40
4m M7 2000 1857 1724 1596 1474 1368 1267 1170 1986 1008 928
45 2172

50

≥ 55

30

35

40
5m M8 1728 1592 1478 1372 1270 1173 1089 1008 931 864 802 739
45
203352_2_enGB_080812

50

≥ 55

32
2.7.4.2 DRS 112 – 500 load capacity
Linear contact
Travel wheel material: Spheroidal graphite cast iron GJS-700-2 (GGG-70)
Rail material: E 360 (St 70-2), E 335 (St 60-2), S 355 J 2 G 3 (St 52-3)
Temperature range –20 ºC to +40 ºC

2
DRS 125 For all connection variants

Group of mecha-
Permissible wheel load [kg]
nisms Useful rail
head width
[mm] Travel speed [m/min]
FEM ISO
12.5 16 20 25 31 40 50 63 80 100 125 160

30 4730 4390 4110 3840 3580 3330 3120 2910 2710 2530 2370 2200

35 4790 4480 4180 3890 3640 3390 3160 2950 2760 2570

40 4780 4450 4160 3880 3610 3380 3160 2930


1 Bm M3
45
5000
50 4640 4300 3970 3680 3420 3150

≥ 55

30 3840 3570 3330 3120 2910 2710 2530 2360 2200 2060 1920 1780

35 4480 4160 3890 3640 3390 3160 2950 2760 2570 2400 2240 2080

40 4760 4450 4160 3880 3610 3380 3150 2930 2740 2560 2380
1 Am M4
45
5000
50 4640 4300 3970 3680 3410 3150 2920 2710 2500

≥ 55

30 3120 2900 2710 2530 2360 2200 2060 1920 1780 1670 1560 1450

35 3640 3380 3160 2950 2760 2570 2400 2240 2080 1950 1820 1690

40 4140 3870 3610 3380 3150 2930 2740 2560 2380 2230 2080 1930
2m M5
45

50 4640 4270 3970 3680 3410 3150 2920 2710 2500 2320 2150 1980

≥ 55

30 2530 2410 2330 2260 2160 2030 1910 1780 1640 1510 1390 1260

35 2950 2810 2720 2630 2520 2370 2230 2080 1910 1760 1620 1470

40 3380 3210 3110


3m M6
45
2920 2710 2500 2320 2150 1980 1840 1710 1570
50 3680 3390 3150

≥ 55

30 2230 2160 2100 2030 1960 1830 1720 1610 1470 1360 1250 1140

35 2600 2530 2450

40
4m M7
45 2330 2160 1990 1850 1710 1580 1470 1360 1250
2940 2710 2510
50

≥ 55

30 1980 1920 1860 1800

35 2310

40
5m M8 1720 1580 1470 1360 1260 1170 1080 1000
45 2150 2000 1850
203352_2_enGB_080812

2340
50

≥ 55

33
2.7.4.2 DRS 112 – 500 load capacity
Linear contact
Travel wheel material: Spheroidal graphite cast iron GJS-700-2 (GGG-70)
Rail material: E 360 (St 70-2), E 335 (St 60-2), S 355 J 2 G 3 (St 52-3)
Temperature range –20 ºC to +40 ºC
2

DRS 160 For all connection variants

Group of mecha-
Permissible wheel load [kg]
nisms Useful rail
head width
[mm] Travel speed [m/min]
FEM ISO
12.5 16 20 25 31 40 50 63 80 100 125 160

30 6400 6050 5660 5300 4940 4600 4300 4010 3730 3490 3270 3060

35 6610 6180 5760 5370 5020 4680 4360 4070 3810 3540

40 6590 6130 5740 5350 4980 4660 4360 4040


1 Bm M3
45 6900 6450 6020 5600 5240 4900 4550
7000
50 6690 6230 5820 5450 5060

≥ 55 6850 6410 5990 5560

30 5300 4920 4600 4300 4010 3730 3490 3260 3030 2840 2650 2460

35 6180 5740 5370 5020 4680 4360 4070 3800 3540 3310 3090 2870

40 6560 6130 5740 5350 4980 4660 4350 4040 3780 3540 3280
1 Am M4
45 6900 6450 6020 5600 5240 4890 4550 4260 3980 3700
7000
50 6690 6230 5820 5430 5060 4730 4420 4110

≥ 55 6850 6410 5980 5560 5200 4870 4520

30 4300 3990 3730 3490 3260 3030 2840 2650 2460 2300 2150 2000

35 5020 4660 4360 4070 3800 3540 3310 3090 2870 2690 2510 2330

40 5740 5330 4980 4660 4350 4040 3780 3530 3280 3070 2870 2670
2m M5
45 6450 5990 5600 5240 4810 4550 4260 3970 3700 3460 3230 3000

50 6660 6230 5820 5430 5060 4730 4410 4110 3840 3590 3330

≥ 55 7000 6850 6410 5980 5560 5200 4850 4520 4220 3950 3650

30 3490 3240 3080 2990 2890 2760 2600 2440 2290 2090 1940 1780

35 4070 3780 3590 3480 3370 3220 3040 2850 2670 2440 2260 2070

40 4660 4320 4110 3980 3850 3680 3470 3260 3050 2790 2580 2370
3m M6
45 5240 4870 4620 4480 4340 4150 3910 3670 3430 3140 2910 2670

50 6020 5410 5140 4980 4820 4610 4340 4080 3780 3490 3230 2960

≥ 55 6020 5730 5580 5360 5080 4760 4420 4090 3780 3510 3260 3000

30 2940 2860 2770 2690 2600 2490 2340 2200 2060 1880 1740 1600

35 3440 3330 3230 3130 3030 2900 2730 2570 2400 2200 2030 1870

40 3930 3810 3700 3580 3470 3320 3130 2930 2740 2510 2320 2130
4m M7
45 4420 4290 4160 4030 3900 3730 3520

50 4800 4570 4450 4280 4050 3800 3530 3260 3010 2800 2600 2390

≥ 55 4800 4570 4450 4280 4050 3800 3530

30 2620 2540 2460 2390 2310 2210 2080 1950 1830 1670 1550 1420

35 3050 2960 2870 2790 2700 2580 2430 2280 2130 1950 1810 1660

40 3490 3390 3290 3180 3080 2950 2780 2060


5m M8
45
2600 2400 2230 1900
203352_2_enGB_080812

50 3820 3640 3540 3400 3230 3020 2810 2070

≥ 55

34
2.7.4.2 DRS 112 – 500 load capacity
Linear contact
Travel wheel material: Spheroidal graphite cast iron GJS-700-2 (GGG-70)
Rail material: E 360 (St 70-2), E 335 (St 60-2), S 355 J 2 G 3 (St 52-3)
Temperature range –20 ºC to +40 ºC

2
DRS 200 For all connection variants
Group of mecha-
Permissible wheel load [kg]
nisms Useful rail
head width
[mm] Travel speed [m/min]
FEM ISO
12.5 16 20 25 31 40 50 63 80 100 125 160

30 08000 08000 07570 07080 06600 06150 05750 05360 04990 04670 04370 04050

35 09340 09340 08830 08260 07710 07170 06710 06260 05830 05450 05090 04730

40 09440 08810 08200 07670 07150 06660 06230 05820 05410


1 Bm M3
45 09910 09220 08630 08050 07490 07010 06550 06080
10000
50 09580 08940 08320 07780 07280 06760

≥ 55 09840 09160 08560 08010 07440

30 07080 06570 06150 05750 05360 04990 04670 04360 04050 03790 03550 03290

35 08260 07670 07170 06710 06260 05830 05450 05080 04730 04420 04140 03840

40 09440 08770 08200 07670 07150 06660 06230 05810 05410 05060 04730 04390
1 Am M4
45 09860 09220 08630 08050 07490 07010 06540 06080 05690 05320 04940

50 09580 08940 08320 07780 07260 06760 06320 05910 05490


10000
≥ 55 09840 09160 08560 07990 07440 06950 06500 06040

30 05750 05340 04990 04670 04360 04050 03790 03540 03290 03080 02880 02670

35 06710 06230 05830 05450 05080 04730 04420 04130 03840 03590 03360 03120

40 07670 07120 06660 06230 05810 05410 05060 04720 04390 04110 03840 03570
2m M5
45 08630 08010 07490 07010 06540 06080 05690 05310 04940 04620 04325 04010

50 09580 08900 08320 07780 07260 06760 06320 05900 05490 05130 04800 04460

≥ 55 10000 09790 09160 08560 07990 07440 06950 06490 06040 05650 05280 04900

30 04670 04340 04050 03850 03730 03610 03450 03260 03060 02860 02620 02420

35 05450 05060 04730 04490 04360 04220 04030 03800 03570 03330 03060 02820

40 06230 05780 05410 05140 04980 04820 04610 04340 04080 03810 03490 03230
3m M6
45 07010 06500 06080 05780 05600 05420 05180 04890 04590 04290 03930 03630

50 07780 07230 06760 06420 06220 06030 05760 05430 05100 04770 04370 04040

≥ 55 08560 07950 07440 07070 06850 06630 06340 05920 05470 05080 04710 04340

30 03810 03680 03570 03470 03360 03250 03110 02930 02750 02570 02360 02180

35 04440 04300 04170 04040 03920 03790 03630 03420 03210 03000 02750 02540

40 05080 04910 04770 04620 04480 04340 04150 03910 03670 03430 03140 02910
4m M7
45 05720 05520 05360 05200 05040 04880 04660 04400 04130 03860 03540 03270

50 06350 06140 05960 05780 05600 05420 05180


04840 04470 04150 03850 03550
≥ 55 06990 06750 06480 06290 06010 05640 05230

30 03370 03270 03180 03080 02990 02890 02760 02600 02440 02290 02090 01940

35 03930 03820 03710 03590 03480 03370 03220 03040 02850 02670 02440 02260

40 04490 04360 04240 04110 03980 03850 03680 03470 03260 03050 02790 02580
5m M8
45 05050 04910 04770 04620 04480 04340 04150
203352_2_enGB_080812

50 05610 03850 03560 03300 03070 02820


05390 05160 05010 04780 04480 04160
≥ 55 05670

35
2.7.4.2 DRS 112 – 500 load capacity
Linear contact
Travel wheel material: Spheroidal graphite cast iron GJS-700-2 (GGG-70)
Rail material: E 360 (St 70-2), E 335 (St 60-2), S 355 J 2 G 3 (St 52-3)
Temperature range –20 ºC to +40 ºC

DRS 250 For all connection variants


2

Group of mecha-
Permissible wheel load [kg]
nisms Useful rail
head width
[mm] Travel speed [m/min]
FEM ISO
12.5 16 20 25 31 40 50 63 80 100 125 160
35 11800 11800 11800 11400 10650 09900 09300 08650 08050 07550 07050 06550
40 13500 13500 13500 13050 12200 11350 10600 09890 09200 08600 08050 07500
45 15150 15150 15150 14700 13700 12750 11950 11150 10350 09700 09050 08400
1 Bm M3 50 15200 14150 13250 12350 11500 10750 10050 09350
55 15600 14600 13600 12650 11850 11050 10300
16000
60 15900 14850 13800 12900 12100 11200
≥ 65 14950 14000 13100 12150
35 11400 10600 09900 09300 08650 08050 07550 07050 06550 06100 05950 05800
40 13050 12100 11350 10600 09890 09200 08600 08050 07500 07000 06800 06600
45 14700 13650 12750 11950 11150 10350 09700 09050 08400 07850 07600 07450
1 Am M4 50 15150 14150 13250 12350 11500 10750 10050 09350 08750 08450 08250
55 15600 14600 13600 12650 11850 11050 10300 09600 09300 09100
60 16000 15900 14850 13800 12900 12050 11200 10500 10150 09900
≥ 65 14950 14000 13050 12150 11350 11000 10750
35 09300 08600 08050 07550 07050 06550 06100 05950 05800 05650 05550 05400
40 10600 09850 09200 08600 08050 07500 07000 06750 06600 06450 06300 06150
45 11950 11050 10350 09700 09050 08400 07850 07600 07450 07250 07100 06950
2m M5 50 13250 12300 11500 10750 10050 09350 08750 08450 08250 08100 07900 07700
55 14600 13550 12650 11850 11050 10300 09600 09300 09100 08900 08700 08500
60 15900 14750 13800 12900 12050 11200 10500 10150 09900 09700 09500 09250
≥ 65 16000 16000 14950 14000 13050 12150 11350 11000 10750 10500 09900 09300
35 07550 07000 06550 06100 05950 05800 05650 05550 05400 05300 05150 05050
40 08600 08000 07500 07000 06800 06600 06450 06300 06150 06050 05900 05750
45 09700 09000 08400 07850 07600 07450 07250 07100 06950 06800 06650 06500
3m M6 50 10750 10000 09350 08750 08450 08250 08100 07900 07700 07550 07350 07200
55 11850 11000 10300 09600 09300 09100 08900 08700 08500 08300
60 12900 12000 11200 10500 10150 09900 09700 09500 09250 08100 07600
08650
≥ 65 14000 13000 12150 11350 11000 10750 10500 09900 09300
35 06150 05950 05800 05650 05550 05400 05300 05150 05050 04950 04800 04700
40 07050 06750 06600 06500 06350 06200 06050 05900 05750 05650 05500 05400
45 07900 07600 07450 07300 07100 06950 06800 06650 06500 06350 06200 06050
4m M7 50 08800 08450 08300 08100 07900 07700 07550 07400 07200
55 09650 09300 09100 08900 08700 08500 08300
07050 06600 06150
60 10550 10150 09950 09700 09500 09250 08100 07600
08650
≥ 65 11400 11000 10750 10500 09900 09300
35 05650 05550 05400 05300 05150 05050 04950 04800 04700 04600 04500 04400
40 06500 06300 06200 06050 05900 05750 05650 05500 05400 05250 05150
203352_2_enGB_080812

45 07300 07100 06950 06800 06650 06500 06350 06200 06050


5m M8 50 08100 07900 07750 07550 07400 07200
050000
55 08900 08700 08500 08300 05750 05350
07050 06600 06150
60 09700 09500 09250 08100 07600
08650
≥ 65 10550 09900 09300
36
2.7.4.2 DRS 112 – 500 load capacity
Linear contact
Travel wheel material: Spheroidal graphite cast iron GJS-700-2 (GGG-70)
Rail material: E 360 (St 70-2), E 335 (St 60-2), S 355 J 2 G 3 (St 52-3)
Temperature range –20 ºC to +40 ºC

DRS 315 For all connection variants

2
Group of mecha-
Permissible wheel load [kg]
nisms Useful rail
head width
[mm] Travel speed [m/min]
FEM ISO
12.5 16 20 25 31 40 50 63 80 100 125 160
35 14750 14850 14850 14850 14400 13400 12550 11700 10900 10150 09500 08850
40 17000 17000 17000 17000 16450 15300 14300 13350 12450 11650 10850 10100
45 19100 19100 19100 19100 18500 17200 16100 15050 14000 13100 12250 11350
1 Bm M3 50 21250 21250 21250 21250 20550 19150 17900 16700 15550 14550 13600 12600
55 21050 19700 18350 17100 16000 14950 13900
60 22000 21450 20050 18650 17450 16300 15150
≥ 65 21700 20200 18900 17650 16400
35 14850 14300 13400 12550 11700 10900 10150 09500 08850 08250 07750 07450
40 17000 16350 15300 14300 13350 12450 11650 10900 10100 09450 08850 08550
45 19100 18400 17200 16100 15050 14000 13100 12200 11350 10650 09950 09600
1 Am M4 50 21250 20450 19150 17900 16700 15550 14550 13550 12600 11800 11050 10650
55 21050 19700 18350 17100 16000 14900 13900 13000 12150 11700
60 22000 21750 20050 18650 17450 16250 15150 14150 13250 12800
≥ 65 21700 20200 18900 17650 16400 15350 14350 13850
35 12550 11650 10900 10150 09500 08850 08250 07700 7450 07300 07150 06950
40 14300 13300 12450 11650 10850 10100 09450 08800 8550 08350 08150 07950
45 16100 14950 14000 13100 12200 11350 10650 09900 9600 09400 09150 08950
2m M5 50 17900 16600 15550 14550 13550 12600 11800 11000 10700 10400 10200 09950
55 19700 18300 17100 16000 14900 13900 13000 12100 11700 11450 11200 10950
60 21450 19950 18650 17450 16250 15150 14150 13200 12800 12500 12200 11950
≥ 65 22000 21600 20200 18900 17650 16400 15350 14300 13850 13550 13250 12950
35 10150 09450 08850 08250 07700 07450 07300 07150 06950 06800 06650 06500
40 11650 10800 10100 09450 08800 08550 08350 08150 07950 07800 07600 07400
45 13100 12150 11350 10650 09900 09600 09400 09150 08950 08750 08550 08350
3m M6 50 14550 13500 12650 11800 11000 10650 10400 10200 09950 09750 09500 09300
55 16000 14850 13900 13000 12100 11700 11450 11200 10950 10700 10450 10200
60 17450 16200 15150 14150 13200 12800 12500 12200 11950 11650 11400 11150
≥ 65 18900 17550 16400 15350 14300 13850 13550 13250 12950 12650 12350 12050
35 08300 07700 07450 07300 07150 06950 06800 06650 06500 06350 06200 06100
40 09500 08800 08550 08350 08150 07950 07800 07600 07450 07250 07100 06950
45 10700 09900 09600 09400 09200 08950 08750 08550 08350 08200 08000 07800
4m M7 50 11850 11000 10650 10450 10200 09950 09750 09500 09300 09100 08900 08650
55 13050 12100 11750 11450 11200 10950 10700 10450 10200 10000 09750 09550
60 14250 13200 12800 12550 12250 11950 11700 11400 11150 10900 10650 10400
≥ 65 15400 14300 13850 13550 13250 12950 12650 12350 12100 11800 11550 11250
35 07300 07150 07000 06800 06650 06500 06350 06200 06100 05950 05800 05650
40 08350 08150 07950 07800 07600 07450 07300 07100 06950 06800 06650 06500
203352_2_enGB_080812

45 09400 09150 08950 08750 08550 08350 08200 08000 07800 07650 07450 07300
5m M8 50 10450 10200 09950 09750 09500 09300 09100 08900 08700 08500 08300 08100
55 11500 11200 10950 10700 10500 10250 10000 09750 09550 09350 09150 08900
60 12550 12250 11950 11700 11450 11150 10900 10650 10400 10200 09950 09700
≥ 65 13600 13250 12950 12650 12400 12100 11800 11550 11300 11050 10800 10500
37
2.7.4.2 DRS 112 – 500 load capacity
Linear contact
Travel wheel material: Spheroidal graphite cast iron GJS-700-2 (GGG-70)
Rail material: E 360 (St 70-2), E 335 (St 60-2), S 355 J 2 G 3 (St 52-3)
Temperature range –20 ºC to +40 ºC

DRS 400 For all connection variants


2

Group of mecha-
Permissible wheel load [kg]
nisms Useful rail
head width
[mm] Travel speed [m/min]
FEM ISO
12.5 16 20 25 31 40 50 63 80 100 125 160
45 24300 24300 24300 24300 24300 23500 21950 20500 19100 17850 16700 15500
50 27000 27000 27000 27000 27000 26100 24400 22800 21200 19850 18550 17200
55 29650 29650 29650 29650 29650 28700 26850 25050 23300 21800 20400 18950
1 Bm M3 60 29300 27350 25450 23800 22250 20650
65 29600 27550 25800 24100 22400
30000
70 29700 27750 25950 24100
≥ 75 29750 27800 25850
45 24300 24300 23500 21950 20500 19100 17850 16650 15500 14500 13550 12600
50 27000 27000 26100 24400 22800 21200 19850 18500 17200 16100 15050 14000
55 29650 29650 28700 26850 25050 23300 21800 20350 18950 17700 16550 15400
1 Am M4 60 29300 27350 25450 23800 22200 20650 19350 18100 16800
65 29600 27550 25800 24050 22400 20950 19600 18200
30000
70 29700 27750 25900 24100 22550 21100 19600
≥ 75 29750 27750 25850 24150 22600 21000
45 21950 20400 19100 17850 16650 15500 14500 13500 12600 12200 11950 11650
50 24400 22650 21200 19850 18500 17200 16100 15050 14000 13550 13250 12950
55 26850 24950 23300 21800 20350 18950 17700 16550 15400 14900 14600 14220
2m M5 60 29300 27200 25450 23800 22200 20650 19350 18050 16800 16250 15900 15500
65 29450 27550 25800 24050 22400 20950 19550 18200 17600 17250 16800
70 30000 29700 27750 25900 24100 22550 21050 19600 18950 18550 18100
≥ 75 29750 27750 25850 24150 22550 21000 20350 19900 19400
45 17850 16550 15500 14500 13500 12600 12200 11900 11650 11400 11100 10850
50 19850 18400 17200 16100 15050 14000 13550 13250 12950 12650 12350 12050
55 21800 20250 18950 17700 16550 15400 14900 14550 14200 13900 13600 13250
3m M6 60 23800 22100 20650 19350 18050 16800 16250 15900 15500 15150 14850 14500
65 25800 23950 22400 20950 19550 18200 17600 17200 16800 16450 16100 15700
70 27750 25800 24100 22550 21050 19600 18950 18550 18100 17700 17300 16900
≥ 75 29750 27600 25850 24150 22550 21000 20350 19850 19400 18950 18550 17500
45 14550 13500 12650 12200 11950 11650 11400 11150 10900 10650 10400 10150
50 16200 15050 14050 13550 13250 12950 12650 12400 12100 11800 11550 11250
55 17800 16550 15450 14950 14600 14250 13950 13600 13300 13000 12700 12400
4m M7 60 19400 18050 16850 16300 15900 15550 15200 14850 14500 14200 13850 13550
65 21050 19550 18250 17650 17250 16850 16450 16100 15700 15350 15000
70 22650 21050 19650 19000 18550 18150 17750 17350 16900 14300
16450 15400
≥ 75 24250 22550 21100 20350 19900 19450 19000 18550 17600
45 12250 11950 11650 11400 11150 10900 10650 10400 10150 09950 09700 09500
50 13600 13250 12950 12700 12400 12100 11850 11550 11300 11050 10800 10550
203352_2_enGB_080812

55 14950 14600 14250 13950 13600 13300 13000 12700 12400 12150 11850 11600
5m M8 60 16300 15900 15550 15200 14850 14500 14200 13850 13550 13250
65 17650 17250 16850 16500 16100 15700 15350 15000
12550 11650
70 19000 18550 18150 17750 17350 16950 14300 13400
16500 15400
≥ 75 20350 19900 19450 19000 18600 17650
38
2.7.4.2 DRS 112 – 500 load capacity
Linear contact
Travel wheel material: Spheroidal graphite cast iron GJS-700-2 (GGG-70)
Rail material: E 360 (St 70-2), E 335 (St 60-2), S 355 J 2 G 3 (St 52-3)
Temperature range –20 ºC to +40 ºC

DRS 500 For all connection variants

2
Group of mecha-
Permissible wheel load [kg]
nisms Useful rail
head width
[mm] Travel speed [m/min]
FEM ISO
12.5 16 20 25 31 40 50 63 80 100 125 160
45 30300 30300 30300 30300 30300 30300 29350 27350 25500 23850 22300 20700
50 33700 33700 33700 33700 33700 33700 32600 30400 28300 26500 24750 23000
55 37050 37050 37050 37050 37050 37050 35850 33450 31150 29150 27250 25300
1 Bm M3 60 39150 36500 34000 31800 29700 27600
65 39550 36800 34450 32200 29900
40000
70 39650 37100 34650 32200
≥ 75 39750 37150 34500
45 30300 30000 30300 29350 27350 25500 23850 22250 20700 19350 18100 16800
50 33700 33700 33700 32600 30400 28300 26500 24700 23000 21500 20100 18650
55 37050 37050 37050 35850 33450 31150 29150 27150 25300 25800 22100 20550
1 Am M4 60 39150 36500 34000 31800 29650 27600 25800 24150 22400
65 39550 36800 34450 32100 29900 27950 26150 24300
40000
70 39650 37100 34600 32200 30100 28150 26150
≥ 75 39750 37050 34500 32250 30150 28000
45 29350 27250 25500 23850 22250 20700 19350 18050 16800 15700 15200 14850
50 32600 30250 28300 26500 24700 23000 21500 20050 18650 17450 16900 16500
55 35850 33300 31150 29150 27150 25300 23650 22050 20550 19200 18600 18150
2m M5 60 39150 36350 34000 31800 29650 27600 25800 24050 22400 20950 20300 19800
65 39350 36800 34450 32100 29900 27950 26100 24300 22700 22000 21450
70 40000 39650 37100 34600 32200 30100 28100 26150 24450 23700 23100
≥ 75 39750 37050 34500 32250 30100 28000 26200 25400 24750
45 23850 22100 20700 19350 18050 16800 15700 15200 14850 14500 14200 13850
50 26500 24600 23000 21500 20050 18650 17450 16900 16500 16150 15800 15400
55 29150 27050 25300 23650 22050 20550 19200 18600 18150 17750 17350 16950
3m M6 60 31800 29500 27600 25800 24050 22400 20950 20300 19800 19350 18950 18500
65 34450 31950 29900 27950 26100 24300 22700 22000 21450 21000 20500 20000
70 37100 34450 32200 30100 28100 26150 24450 23650 23100 22600 22100 21550
≥ 75 39750 36900 34500 32250 30100 28000 26200 25350 24750 24200 23100 21650
45 19450 18050 16900 15800 15250 14850 14550 14200 13900 13550 13250 12950
50 21600 20050 18750 17550 16950 16550 16150 15800 15400 15100 14750 14400
55 23750 22050 20650 19300 18600 18200 17800 17400 16950 16600 16200 15850
4m M7 60 25950 24050 22500 21050 20300 19850 19400 18950 18500 18100 17700 17250
65 28100 26100 24400 22800 22000 21500 21000 20550 20050 19600
70 30250 28100 26250 24550 23700 23150 22650 22100 18850 17700
21600 20200
≥ 75 32400 30100 28150 26300 25400 24800 24250 23200
45 15800 15200 14900 14550 14200 13900 13600 13250 12950 12650 12400 12100
50 17600 16900 16550 16200 15800 15450 15100 14750 14400 14100 13750 13450
203352_2_enGB_080812

55 19350 18600 18200 17800 17400 17000 16600 16200 15850 15500 15150
5m M8 60 21100 20300 19850 19400 18950 18500 18100 17700 17300
65 22850 22000 21500 21050 20550 20050 19650 14400
16450 15350
70 24650 23700 23150 22650 22150 18900 17600
21600 20250
≥ 75 26400 25400 24850 24300 23250
39
2.7.5 Load capacity of the wheel blocks with point contact
2.7.5.1 Point contact
Spheroidal graphite cast iron travel wheel material
Convex/curved rail – cylindrical travel wheel
Flat rail – convex travel wheel
Note:
2

Cylindrical travel wheels on curved rails are standard, convex special travel wheels
of spheroidal graphite cast iron on flat rails are special cases.
The max. permissible load capacity of the wheel blocks is limited by the
permissible rail load Rperm (rail) and the effect of the temperature dependence
Rperm (temperature).
Rperm (rail) = Rperm (point) · fSt · fRS

Rperm (rail) = permissible wheel load for point contact on steel rails
Rperm (point) = permissible wheel load for point contact
(table value, see pages 42/43)
fSt = reduction factor for rail material for point contact, see section 1.9
fRS = reduction factor for the curve radius for point contact, see the fol-
lowing table

Permissible wheel loads Rperm (rail) are used in section 5.3 for determining the
maximum permissible wheel load for a wheel block.

Reduction factor fRS for Curve radius r2 Wheel block


curve radius DRS DRS DRS DRS DRS DRS DRS DRS
[mm] 112 125 160 200 250 315 400 500
< 140 - - - - - - - -
≥ 140 0.68 0.53 0.42 0.37 0.29 0.26 0.24 0.22
≥ 160 0.76 0.59 0.47 0.4 0.33 0.30 0.28 0.26
≥ 180 0.84 0.66 0.52 0.46 0.37 0.34 0.31 0.29
≥ 210 0.95 0.74 0.59 0.53 0.42 0.39 0.36 0.34

≥ 225 0.79 0.63 0.56 0.45 0.42 0.39 0.37

≥ 300 0.99 0.80 0.71 0.58 0.54 0.52 0.49

≥ 305 0.81 0.72 0.59 0.55 0.52 0.5


42098544.eps
≥ 400 0.90 0.73 0.70 0.67 0.64

≥ 500 0.88 0.84 0.81 0.78

≥ 600 0.97 0.95 0.92


≥ 625 0.98 0.95
≥ 645 1 0.98

≥ 665

≥ 790

Rperm (temperature) = Rperm (point) · fk

fk = reduction factor for temperature, see section 1.9


203352_2_enGB_080812

Important: Use the smallest calculated value Rperm (temperature) or Rperm (rail) for
further calculation.

40
Rail geometries The following tables show the major dimensions of frequently used rails. The curve
radius of the tread r2 can be taken from here to define any required reduction fac-
tor.
A rail S-rail Grooved rail BSC-rail
DIN 536 P1 DIN 5901 / 5902 DIN EN 14811

2
Rail Head width Curve Rail Head width Curve Rail Head Curve Rail Head width Curve
radius radius width radius radius
k r2 k r2 k r2 k r2

A45 45 400 S10 32 140 Ph37 (old 57Ri1) 52 210 56kg CR 76 500

A55 55 400 S14 38 160 Ph37a (old 67Ri1) 60 225 89kg CR 102 600

A65 65 400 S18 43 180 101kg CR 100 600

A75 75 500 S20 44 200 164kg CR 140 800

A100 100 600

A120 120 600

A150 150 800

UIC-rail QU / KR-rail ARA-rail ASCE-rail


EN 13674-1 YB/T 5055 / GOST 4121

Rail Head width Curve Rail Head width Curve Rail Head width Curve Rail Head width Curve
radius radius radius radius

k r2 k r2 k r2 k r2

UIC 50 70 300 QU 70 70 400 ARA90A 65.1 355.6 20Lb 34.1 304.8

UIC 54 70 300 QU 80 80 400 ARA90B 62.7 25Lb 38.1 304.8

UIC 54E 67 300 QU 100 100 450 ARA100A 69.85 355.6 30Lb 42.9 304.8

UIC 60 72 300 QU 120 120 500 ARA100B 65.1 203.2 40Lb 47.6 304.8

UIC 60E 70 300 60Lb 60.3 304.8

80Lb 63.5 304.8

85Lb 65.1 304.8

CR-rail IS-rail JIS-rail P-rail


IS 3443 IS E 1101 YB 222-63 / GB/T 11264 / GB 2585

Rail Head width Curve Rail Head width Curve Rail Head width Curve Rail Head width Curve
radius radius radius radius
k r2 k r2 k r2 k r2

104Lb 63.5 304.8 ISCR 50 50 300 JIS 37kg 62.71 304.8 P18 40 90

105Lb 65.1 304.8 ISCR 60 60 350 JIS 40kg N 64 300 P24 51 300

135Lb 78.7 355.6 ISCR 80 80 400 JIS 50kg N 65 300 P30 60.33 304.8
203352_2_enGB_080812

171Lb 101.6 0 ISCR 100 100 450 JIS 60kg 65 600 P38 68 300

175Lb 102.2 457.2 ISCR 120 120 500 P43 70 300

ISCR 140 140 700 P50 70 300

41
2.7.5.2 DRS 112 – 500 load capacity
Point contact
Travel wheel material: Spheroidal graphite cast iron GJS-700-2 (GGG-70)
Rail material: E 360 (St 70-2)
Temperature range –20 ºC to +40 ºC

DRS 112 Curve radius ≥ 225


Group of mecha-
Permissible wheel load [kg]
nisms
Travel speed [m/min]
FEM ISO
12.5 16 20 25 31.5 40 50 63 80 100 125 160

1 Bm M3 2700 2540 2430 2316

1 Am M4 2750 2700 2540 2420 2310 2160 2000 1847


2

2m M5 2700 2540 2420 2310 2160 2000 1840 1710 1590 1466

3m M6 2540 2420 2310 2160 2000 1840 1710 1580 1460 1360 1260 1160

4m M7 2170 2000 1850 1720 1590 1470 1360 1260 1160 1080 1000 0928

5m M8 1720 1590 1470 1370 1270 1170 1080 1000 0930 0860 0800 0739

DRS 125 Curve radius ≥ 305


Group of mecha-
Permissible wheel load [kg]
nisms
Travel speed [m/min]
FEM ISO
12.5 16 20 25 31.5 40 50 63 80 100 125 160

1 Bm M3 3970 3680 3420 3153

1 Am M4 4210 3970 3680 3410 3150 2920 2710 2502

2m M5 3970 3680 3410 3150 2920 2700 2500 2320 2150 1986

3m M6 3680 3390 3150 2920 2700 2500 2320 2150 1980 1840 1710 1576

4m M7 2940 2700 2510 2330 2160 1990 1850 1710 1580 1470 1360 1258

5m M8 2340 2150 2000 1850 1720 1580 1470 1360 1260 1170 1080 1001

DRS 160 Curve radius ≥ 400


Group of mecha-
Permissible wheel load [kg]
nisms
Travel speed [m/min]
FEM ISO
12.5 16 20 25 31.5 40 50 63 80 100 125 160

1 Bm M3 6810 6370 6006

1 Am M4 6860 6810 6350 6000 5570 5170 4767

2m M5 6760 6350 6000 5570 5160 4760 4420 4100 3784

3m M6 6020 5730 5580 5360 5080 4760 4420 4090 3780 3510 3260 3003

4m M7 4800 4570 4450 4280 4050 3800 3530 3260 3010 2800 2600 2396

5m M8 3820 3640 3540 3400 3220 3020 2810 2600 2400 2230 2070 1907

DRS 200 Curve radius ≥ 500


Group of mecha-
Permissible wheel load [kg]
nisms
Travel speed [m/min]
FEM ISO
12.5 16 20 25 31.5 40 50 63 80 100 125 160

1 Bm M3 9670 8906

1 Am M4 10000 9640 8900 8260 7670 7069

2m M5 9940 9500 8900 8260 7650 7060 6560 6090 5611

3m M6 8930 8500 8130 7890 7540 7060 6560 6070 5610 5200 4830 4453
203352_2_enGB_080812

4m M7 7120 6780 6480 6290 6010 5640 5230 4840 4470 4150 3850 3553

5m M8 5670 5390 5160 5010 4780 4480 4160 3850 3560 3300 3070 2828

42
2.7.5.2 DRS 112 – 500 load capacity
Point contact
Travel wheel material: Spheroidal graphite cast iron GJS-700-2 (GGG-70)
Rail material: E 360 (St 70-2)
Temperature range –20 ºC to +40 ºC

DRS 250 Curve radius ≥ 600


Group of mecha-
Permissible wheel load [kg]
nisms
Travel speed [m/min]
FEM ISO
12.5 16 20 25 31.5 40 50 63 80 100 125 160

1 Bm M3 15020 14050

2
1 Am M4 16000 15020 14060 13080 12200 11400

2m M5 15020 14060 13080 12200 11420 10620 09910 9250

3m M6 15020 14140 13180 12200 11420 10620 09910 09380 08630 08100 7550

4m M7 13080 12200 11420 10620 09910 09280 08630 08100 07580 07050 06600 6150

5m M8 10620 09910 09280 08630 08100 07580 07070 06600 06170 05740 05360 5000

DRS 315 Curve radius ≥ 625


Group of mecha-
Permissible wheel load [kg]
nisms
Travel speed [m/min]
FEM ISO
12.5 16 20 25 31.5 40 50 63 80 100 125 160

1 Bm M3

1 Am M4 22000 21050 19900

2m M5 21000 19900 19050 18200 17300

3m M6 21000 19900 19050 18200 17350 16600 15850 15050

4m M7 21000 20000 19100 18250 17400 16650 15900 15150 14500 13750 12850

5m M8 19150 18200 17400 16650 15900 15150 14500 13800 12900 12000 11200 10450

DRS 400 Curve radius ≥ 645


Group of mecha-
Permissible wheel load [kg]
nisms
Travel speed [m/min]
FEM ISO
12.5 16 20 25 31.5 40 50 63 80 100 125 160

1 Bm M3

1 Am M4 30000 28550 26500

2m M5 28450 26500 24800 23200 21500

3m M6 28450 26500 24800 23150 21550 20150 18850 17450

4m M7 28500 26650 24950 23250 21650 20250 18900 17600 16450 15400 14250

5m M8 24950 23200 21700 20300 18950 17650 16500 15400 14300 13400 12550 11600

DRS 500 Curve radius ≥ 665


Group of mecha-
Permissible wheel load [kg]
nisms
Travel speed [m/min]
FEM ISO
12.5 16 20 25 31.5 40 50 63 80 100 125 160

1 Bm M3

1 Am M4 40000 37500 35000 32800

2m M5 37500 35000 32600 30450 28450 26650

3m M6 37750 35000 32600 30500 28450 26450 24750 23100 21650


203352_2_enGB_080812

4m M7 37700 35050 32800 30850 28600 26600 24900 23200 21600 20200 18850 17700

5m M8 30700 28550 26700 25100 23250 21650 20250 18900 17600 16450 15350 14400

43
2.7.6 Travel wheels with special contours

2.7.6.1 Angular ail Point contact – spheroidal graphite cast iron travel wheel material
Travel wheel for V rail
Rperm (rail) = Rperm (point) · fSt · fRS · 0.7
Rail shape
Right angle
2

Rperm (rail) = permissible wheel load for point contact on steel rails
Rperm (point) = permissible wheel load for point contact
(table value, see pages 42/43)
fSt = reduction factor for rail material for point contact, see section 1.9
fRS = reduction factor for the curve radius with point contact. In the case
of travel wheels for V rails, radius R4 according to section 3.3 is
relevant.
41408944.eps
Permissible wheel loads Rperm (rail) are used in section 5.3 for determining the
maximum permissible wheel load for a wheel block.

Rperm (temperature) = Rperm (linear) · fk

fk = reduction factor for temperature, see section 1.9

Important: Use the smallest calculated value Rperm (temperature) or Rperm (rail) for
further calculation.

2.7.6.2 Round rail Point contact – spheroidal graphite cast iron travel wheel material
Travel wheel with concave
Travel wheel tread is determined as 1.1 · RS. Requirement: The permissible
tread
horizontal force (see section 1.8) must not exceed 20% of the actual wheel load.
Rail shape
Semi-round or round profile Rperm (rail) = Rperm (point) · fSt · fRS

Rperm (rail) = permissible wheel load for point contact for travel wheels with con-
cave tread on steel rails
Rperm (point) = permissible wheel load for point contact for travel wheels with con-
cave tread (table value, see pages 42/43)
fSt = reduction factor for rail material for point contact, see section 1.9
41409044.eps fRS = reduction factor for the curve radius for point contact for travel
wheels with concave tread, see page 45.

Permissible wheel loads Rperm (rail) are used in section 5.3 for determining the
maximum permissible wheel load for a wheel block.

Rperm (temperature) = Rperm (linear) · fk

fk = reduction factor for temperature, see section 1.9

Important: Use the smallest calculated value Rperm (temperature) or Rperm (rail) for
further calculation.

The wheels with these special contours are primarily provided for guiding of loads
203352_2_enGB_080812

on special rails, not for the transmission of maximum loads on curved standard
rails. If more than two wheels are used on a rail or if this wheel contour is used on
two parallel rails, unfavourable constraining forces may be caused. Kindly contact
us.

44
Reduction factor fRS for rail radius
Point contact
Spheroidal graphite cast iron travel wheel material
Rail radius RS [mm] Wheel block
DRS 112 DRS 125 DRS 160 DRS 200 DRS 250 DRS 315 DRS 400 DRS 500
> 10 0.44
> 11 0.49
> 12 0.54
> 13 0.58
> 14 0.63 0.43
> 15 0.68 0.46 0.42

2
application not
> 16 0.72 0.50 0.45 possible
> 17 0.76 0.53 0.48 0.42
> 18 0.80 0.56 0.50 0.45
> 19 0.85 0.58 0.54 0.48
> 20 0.88 0.61 0.57 0.50
> 21 0.92 0.64 0.60 0.53 0.43
> 22 0.96 0.67 0.63 0.56 0.46
> 23 0.99 0.69 0.65 0.58 0.48 0.43
> 24 0.71 0.68 0.61 0.50 0.45
> 25 0.74 0.70 0.63 0.52 0.67
> 26 0.77 0.73 0.66 0.54 0.49 0.45
> 27 0.79 0.75 0.68 0.56 0.51 0.47
> 28 0.81 0.78 0.71 0.58 0.53 0.48
> 29 0.84 0.80 0.73 0.60 0.55 0.50
> 30 0.86 0.82 0.75 0.62 0.57 0.52
> 31 0.88 0.85 0.78 0.64 0.59 0.54
> 32 0.90 0.87 0.80 0.66 0.60 0.56
> 33 0.93 0.89 0.81 0.68 0.62 0.58 0.53
> 34 0.95 0.91 0.84 0.70 0.64 0.60 0.55
> 35 0.97 0.94 0.86 0.71 0.66 0.62 0.57
> 36 0.99 0.96 0.88 0.73 0.68 0.64 0.59
> 37 0.98 0.90 0.75 0.70 0.65 0.60
> 38 0.99 0.92 0.77 0.71 0.67 0.62
> 39 0.94 0.8 0.73 0.69 0.64
> 40 0.96 0.82 0.75 0.71 0.66
> 41 0.98 0.83 0.76 0.73 0.68
> 42 0.85 0.78 0.74 0.69
> 43 0.87 0.80 0.76 0.71
> 44 0.88 0.81 0.78 0.72
> 45 0.90 0.83 0.80 0.75
> 46 0.91 0.85 0.81 0.76
> 47 0.93 0.86 0.83 0.78
> 48 0.95 0.88 0.85 0.80
> 49 0.96 0.89 0.86 0.81
1
> 50 0.98 0.91 0.88 0.83
> 51 0.99 0.93 0.89 0.85
> 52 0.94 0.91 0.86
> 53 0.96 0.93 0.88
> 54 0.97 0.94 0.90
> 55 0.99 0.96 0.91
> 56 0.97 0.93
> 57 0.99 0.94
> 58 0.96
> 59 0.98
203352_2_enGB_080812

41409044.eps
> 60 0.99
> 61
A check of the horizontal forces which may be transmitted is recommended. The ratio of max. horizontal forces to min. wheel loads must be considered.

45
2.7.7 Travel wheels with Hydropur Basis for selection:
tyre • Level track
• Track width > travel wheel width
• 40 % duty factor (travel time)
• Permissible ambient temperature 0 °C ... +40 °C
2

• Permissible skewing angle 2 ‰

Permissible wheel loads for Group of Travel Wheel Travel wheel Permissible wheel load Rperm (rail) [kg]
Hydropur travel wheels mecha- wheel type block diameter
nisms Travel speed [m/min]
DRS 112 – 200
FEM/ISO [mm] up to up to up to up to up to
40 63 80 125 160
DRS 112 130 0590 0560 0430 280 200
DRS 125 140 0790 0750 0580 370 270
1 Bm M3
DRS 160 180 1180 1120 0870 560 410
DRS 200 225 1700 1610 1250 810 590
DRS 112 130 0443 0420 0323 210 150
DRS 125 140 0593 0563 0435 278 203
1 Am M4
DRS 160 180 0885 0840 0653 420 308
DRS 200 225 1275 1208 0938 608 443
F
DRS 112 130 0332 0315 0242 158 113
DRS 125 140 0444 0422 0326 208 152
2m M5
DRS 160 180 0664 0630 0489 315 231
DRS 200 225 0956 0906 0703 456 332
DRS 112 130 0249 0236 0181 118 084
DRS 125 140 0333 0316 0245 156 114
3m M6
DRS 160 180 0498 0473 0367 236 173
DRS 200 225 0717 0679 0527 342 249

2.7.8 Travel wheels of Polyamide Basis for selection:


PA6G • Flat steel rails
• Track width > travel wheel width
• 40 % duty factor (travel time)
• Permissible ambient temperature 0 °C ... +40 °C
• Permissible skewing angle 2 ‰

Permissible wheel loads for Group of Travel wheel Wheel Travel wheel Permissible wheel load Rperm (rail) [kg]
Polyamide travel wheels mecha- type block diameter
nisms Travel speed [m/min]
DRS 112 – 200
FEM/ISO [mm] up to up to up to up to up to
40 63 80 125 160
DRS 112 130 0750 0713 0563 0375 263
DRS 125 140 1000 0950 0750 0500 350
1 Bm M3
DRS 160 180 1700 1600 1200 0800 600
DRS 200 225 2700 2500 2000 1300 900
DRS 112 130 0563 0534 0422 0281 197
DRS 125 140 0750 0713 0563 0375 263
1 Am M4
DRS 160 180 1275 1200 0900 0600 450
DRS 200 225 2025 1875 1500 0975 675
C
DRS 112 130 0422 0401 0316 0211 148
DRS 125 140 0563 0534 0422 0281 197
2m M5
DRS 160 180 0956 0900 0675 0450 338
DRS 200 225 1519 1406 1125 0731 506
DRS 112 130 0316 0301 0237 0158 111
DRS 125 140 0422 0401 0316 0211 148
3m M6
DRS 160 180 0717 0675 0506 0338 253
DRS 200 225 1139 1055 0844 0548 380
203352_2_enGB_080812

46
203352_2_enGB_080812

47
2
3 Demag DRS wheel block system
Data and dimensions

3.1 Data and dimensions DRS 112 – 200

DRS 112-160 DRS 200


3

Z
DRS 200
M16x14 deep A
(Only if wheel block is
prepared for fitting guide
DRS 112/125 rollers)
M12x12 deep
DRS 160
M16x14 deep
(Only if wheel block
is prepared for fitting
guide rollers)

View Z MA NA

Travel wheel variants


A B D 1)

E F C
203352_3a_enGB_080812

43428444.eps

48 1) Wheel with flange fitted on cover side or drive side.


Wheel Splined hub profile Dimensions [mm]
block DIN 5480 1) a1 a2 a4 a5 a6 a7 a8 a9 a10 a11
D ± 0.02 ± 0.1 ± 0.1 ± 0.02
+4
DRS 112 N 30 190 145 45 – 7
145 145 30 40 40 30.0 24.0

N 30 +4
DRS 125 220 170 55 – 7
175 175 20 40 50 37.0 37.5
N 35
N 35 +3
DRS 160 275 220 55 – 5
220 220 25 55 54 47.5 20.0
N 45
N 45 +3
DRS 200 340 275 65 – 5
275 275 35 75 62 64.0 40.0
N 50
20335044_023

Wheel Dimensions [mm]

3
block a13 a14 a15 a16 a24 b1 b1 b2 b3 c1 c2 c3 c4 d1 d2
max 2) – 0.2

DRS 112 160 40 28 15 - 60 62 80 36 96 51 71 - 112 131

DRS 125 184 50 24 18 - 60 62 80 33 98 52 73 53 125 150

DRS 160 - - - - - 65 67 89 33 110 59 84 - 160 188

DRS 200 - - - - 56 67 75 101 36 130 69 93 - 200 230

20335044_024

Wheel Dimensions [mm]


block d3 d4 d5 d6 d8 d9 d10 d11 h1 h2 h3 s
– 0.2 F8 3) 3)
4.9 x 8.5
DRS 112 126 130 M12 M12 10.5 18.5 M8 131.0 47.0 80 10
deep

DRS 125 145 140 M12 M12 13.0 21.0 4.8 x 5 deep M8 147.5 53.5 100 10

DRS 160 183 180 M16 M12 17.0 30.0 - M10 187.0 70.0 100 12

DRS 200 226 225 M16 M12 20.0 35.0 - M10 238.0 90.0 100 18

20335044_025

Wheel Max. weight of wheel block [kg]


block Travel wheel variant
A B D E F C

DRS 112 8.1 7.2 7.6 8.7 5.9 4.3

DRS 125 9.8 8.6 9.2 11.5 7.7 5.6

DRS 160 17.9 15.8 16.8 19.8 14.0 10.9

DRS 200 34.3 31.0 32.7 40.2 26.6 20.8

20335044_026
203352_3a_enGB_080812

1) See combinations in section 2.4.


2) Treads and flanges hardened, flanges without wear indicators
3) With reference to diameter d1 49
3.2 Data and dimensions DRS 250 – 500

A/MA
X
3

NA
X X

View Z

Travel wheel variants


1)
A B D E
203352_3a_enGB_080812

42064644.eps

50 1) Wheel with flange fitted on cover side or drive side.


Wheel Splined hub profile Dimensions [mm]
block DIN 5480 1) a1 a2 a3 a4 a5 a6 a7 a8 a13 a14
D ± 0.2 ± 0.2 ± 0.2 ± 0.04 ± 0.04 ± 0.02 ± 0.02 ± 0.4 ± 0.2
N 50
DRS 250 385 290 140 80 310 310 50 80 326 70
N 65
N 65
DRS 315 470 360 180 100 370 370 70 80 405 80
N 75
N 75
DRS 400 580 440 210 120 450 450 95 130 501 100
N 90
N 90
DRS 500 700 620 480 125 580 580 110 160 600 110
N 110
20335044_027

Wheel Dimensions [mm]

3
block a15 b1 b1 b2 b3 c1 d1 d2 d3 d5 d6 d7 d8
± 0.2 max 2) – 0.2 – 0.2

DRS 250 40 77 80 110 117.5 150 250 282 270 8 x M16 M12 - 34 F8

DRS 315 50 90 96 130 147.0 180 315 350 340 9 x M16 M12 M20 40 F8

DRS 400 55 110 - 155 172.0 210 400 440 440 10 x M16 M12 M20 31 H13

DRS 500 65 110 - 170 195.0 240 500 545 545 11 x M16 M12 M20 31 H13

20335044_028

Wheel Dimensions [mm] Max. weight of wheel block [kg]


block d9 d10 h1 h2 h3 h4 s x1 Travel wheel variant
F8 3) 3) 3) min A B D E
M16 x 20
DRS 250 40 281.0 89 100 - 17.5 16.3 61 57 59 63
deep
M20 x 20
DRS 315 50 349.5 114 100 130 20.0 16.5 121 113 116 126
deep
M24 x 20
DRS 400 65 440.0 144 100 130 22.5 19.0 214 197 206 232
deep
M24 x 25
DRS 500 70 566.0 183 100 130 30.0 22.5 379 358 368 403
deep
20335044_029
203352_3a_enGB_080812

1) Note: See combinations in section 2.4.


2) Treads and flanges hardened
3) With reference to diameter d1 51
3.3 Travel wheel variants and shapes – wheels for guided travel
3.3.1 Travel wheel for V rail
DRS 112 - 200 DRS 250 - 315

theor. travel wheel dia. d5


3

41642944.eps

Wheel block b2 c1 d5 d11 d12 h1 h2 I9 R4 R5 w1 w2

DRS 112 80 96 112 126 99 131.0 47.0 9.0 140 2 4 14

DRS 125 80 98 125 145 114 147.5 53.5 9.0 140 2 4 14

DRS 160 89 110 160 183 146 187.0 70.0 10.0 140 3 6 16

DRS 200 101 130 200 226 175 238.0 90.0 10.0 160 3 6 18

DRS 250 110 150 250 282 225 281.0 89.0 23.5 210 3 6 20

DRS 315 130 180 315 350 290 349.5 114.0 61.0 225 3 6 20

3.3.2 Travel wheel with concave tread

Travel wheels for guided travel on round or semi-round rails may be turned for any
rail radii.
The travel wheel tread (RL) is specified as 1.1 times the rail radius (RS). The max.
horizontal force Hmax must not exceed 20 % of the actual wheel load (see
sections 2.7.6 and 1.8).
Other dimensions identical as for standard wheel block.
203352_3a_enGB_080812

41643144.eps

52
3.3.3 Travel wheel with middle guide flange

DRS 112 - 200 DRS 250 - 500

3
41681644.eps

Dimensions Wheel block


[mm] DRS 112 DRS 125 DRS 160 DRS 200 DRS 250 DRS 315 DRS 400 DRS 500

b2 80 80 89 101 110 130 155 170

b4 10 - 35 10 - 35 12 - 40 18 - 45 17.5 - 50 20 - 60 22.5 - 70 30 - 80

d1 112 125 160 200 250 315 400 500

d2 126 145 183 226 270 - 282 330 - 350 420 - 440 520 - 545

3.3.4 Travel wheel with convex tread with no flanges


DRS 112 - 200 DRS 250 - 500
b2

b2
R1
R1

ø d1
ø d1

41686344.eps

Dimensions Wheel block


[mm] DRS 112 DRS 125 DRS 160 DRS 200 DRS 250 1) DRS 315 1) DRS 400 1) DRS 500 1)

b2 80 80 89 101 110 130 155 170

d1 112 - 126 125 - 145 160 - 183 200 - 226 250 - 270 315 - 340 400 - 440 500 - 545

R1 225 305 400 500 600 625 645 665

Inductively hardened travel wheels with 56 ± 2 HRC see section 4.9.6


203352_3a_enGB_080812

1) Only available in driven basic design for production reasons. 53


3.4 DRS 112 – 200 top connection

Zinc-coated threaded pin


Grade: 10.9

Lock nut
3

Thread depth
Sliding nut

Bore holes for aligning pins

42092344.eps

Wheel block Part no. Dimensions [mm]

a2 a3 a4 a17 d5 d12 d13 l1 l2 l3


1) min-max min-max
+4
DRS 112 75362044 145 70 45 – 7 45 M12 14 65 18.5-19 8-25

+4
DRS 125 75362044 170 86 55 – 7 55 M12 14 65 22.5-23 8-25
14.5
+3
DRS 160 75252044 220 118 55 – 5 55 M16 18 75 24.5-25 15-25

+3
DRS 200 75252044 275 175 65 – 5 65 M16 18 75 28.5-29 15-25
203352_3a_enGB_080812

54 1) Part no. includes: Threaded pins and lock nut


3.4 DRS 250 – 500 top connection

Hexagon nut (ISO 4032) Zinc-coated threaded pin


x Grade: 10.9
x Washer

3
Thread depth
Bore hole arrangement of the
connecting structure

42093644.eps

Wheel block Part no. Dimensions [mm]

a2 a3 a4 a17 a18 d5 d12 l1 l2 l3


1) ± 0.2 min-max min-max

DRS 250 75332044 290 140 80 80 90 M16 20.5 85 21-23 15-29

DRS 315 75402044 360 180 100 100 110 M16 20.5 100 25-27 15-39

DRS 400 75432044 440 210 120 120 126 M20 25.0 100 28-30 15-30

DRS 500 75462044 620 480 125 125 137 M20 26.0 120 40-60 20-40
203352_3a_enGB_080812

1) Part no. includes: threaded pins, lock nut, washers and screw retaining arrangement 55
3.5 DRS 112 – 200 side connection

MA/NA
Bore hole arrangement

C -C d14 (only for drive on connecting plate side) C


l1 a5
d9

d8
a8
3

a7
h4

c3 a6 Wheel centre
c4 C

Drive on wheel block side (W1)

Drive on side plate side (W2)


(wheel block with MA bolting)
2)

42092044.eps

Wheel Part no. Dimensions [mm]


block
a5 a6 a7 a8 c3 c4 d8 d9 d14 h4 l1
1) ± 0.1 ± 0.1 ± 0.1 ± 0.1 min-max D9 min-max

DRS 112 75362244 145 145 30 40 20.0-23.0 10.4 10.5 18.5 50 47.0 12-15

DRS 125 75222244 175 175 20 40 24.5-27.5 12.0 13.0 21.0 60 53.5 15-18

DRS 160 75252244 220 220 25 55 35.5-41.5 14.5 16.5 30.0 80 70.0 14-20

DRS 200 75302244 275 275 35 75 38.5-43.5 19.0 20.5 35, 80 90.0 20-25
203352_3a_enGB_080812

1) Part no. includes: collared sleeve and zinc-coated bolted fastening parts
56 2) Torque bracket for pin connection
3.5 DRS 250 – 500 side connection (DRS 200 with AD. 50 / WU. 60 gearbox)

MA/NA
Bore hole arrangement of the connecting structure
C -C
l1 d14 (only for drive on connecting plate side)

c6 a5 d9 C
c5

a20

a8
a17

a7
h4

3
3)
d8 d13 C
c3 c4 a6
4)

Drive on wheel block side (W1)


for A offset gearbox and
W angular gearbox
A

Only D2 torque bracket

Drive on connecting plate side (W2)


not possible for combinations
- DRS 200 with AD. 50
- DRS 250 with AD. 40
in mounting position D1.1 and D1.3
Fitting of W angular gearbox with
torque arm on request

42092144.eps

Wheel Part no. Dimensions [mm]


block
a5 a6 a7 a8 a17 a20 c3 c4 c5 c6 d8 d9 d13 d14 h4 l1
± 0.05 ± 0.1 ± 0.1 ± 0.1 min-max min-max H13 min-max
MA/NA 75302244 1) 275 38.5-43.5 38.5-43.5 35
DRS 200 275 35 75 – – 19 33 20.5 – 80 90 22-25
A 75302644 5) ± 0.1 39.0-44.0 33.0-38.0 D9
MA/NA 75332644 1)
DRS 250 2) 310 310 50 80 57 192 39.0-44.0 26 37.0-42.0 29 21.0 30 50 100 83 20-25
A 75332244
MA/NA 75402644 1)
DRS 315 2) 370 370 70 80 69 235 37.0-47.0 32 34.0-44.0 37 25.0 35 50 120 108 25-35
A 75402244
MA/NA 75432644 1)
DRS 400 450 450 95 130 75 290 45.0-50.0 40 44.0-49.0 42 31.0 45 50 150 138 30-35
A 75432244 2)
MA/NA 75462644 1) 580 110 160
DRS 500 2) 580 85 345 50.0-60.0 40 45.0-55.0 49 31.0 50 50 165 177 30-40
A 75462244 ± 0.05 ± 0.05 ± 0.05
203352_3a_enGB_080812

1) Part no. includes: pins, spacer sleeve, retaining elements and zinc-coated bolted fastening parts
2) Part no. includes: pins, retaining elements and zinc-coated bolted fastening parts
3) Only required for relubrication option
4) Recess only for fitting guide roller arrangement
5) Part no. includes: collared sleeves, adapter sleeves, retaining elements and zinc-coated bolted fastening parts 57
3.6 DRS 112 – 200 pin connection
Bore hole arrangement
Drive side for side plate with MA/MW torque
bracket for drive connection Non-driven side for side plate
without torque bracket
1)
1)

1)
1)

1)
3

Wheel centre
Assembly bore hole for
central drive arrangement
Wheel centre

42278644.eps

Bore hole arrangement (without tolerance)


for side with welded plate

Alignable pin
connection

Wheel centre Welded plate Connecting


42278544.eps structure 41752544.eps

Bore hole arrangement for installation in hollow profile


section to DIN EN 10210-2 / 10219-2 with welded plate

42279044.eps 42279344.eps

Wheel block Dimensions [mm]

a4 a5 a7 a8 a9 a10 a11 a12 a13 a14 a15 a16


1) ± 0.05 ± 0.1 1) ± 0.1 ± 0.1 ± 0.1 ± 0.1 ± 0.1 ± 0.1

DRS 112 148 145 52 40 64 10 – 50.0 60.0 – 79.0 93

DRS 125 162 175 60 40 72 41 10 58.5 68.5 92 77.5 108

DRS 160 206 220 70 55 90 56 12 75.0 90.0 110 97.5 135

DRS 200 266 275 90 75 118 70 10 105.0 115.0 140 120.0 168

For part numbers of pin sets, see section 3.9


203352_3a_enGB_080812

For part numbers of welded plate, see section 3.10

58 1) See section 3.8 for use of threaded pins or spacer elements


3.6 DRS 112 – 200 pin connection

Without welded plate With welded plate:


suitable for aligning pin sets (L) or bolting
MA./MW torque brackets.
After alignment:
see operating instructions
214 276 44 for welding

1)

3
See section 3.10 for welded plate See section 3.10 for welded plate

42278744.eps

3) 3)

42279144.eps 42279244.eps

Wheel block Dimensions [mm]

a18 c1 d9 d10 d14 d15 d16 l1 2) l2 Hollow profile section to DIN


3) D9/h8 1) min max min a19 a20
119.5 127.5
DRS 112 75 96 18.5 20 50 M10 M8 8 200 x 120 x 8 24 47
129.2 137.2
119.0 127.0
DRS 125 74 98 21.0 23 60 M10 M8 8 200 x 120 x 8 24 54
128.2 140.2
138.0 150.0
DRS 160 86 110 30.0 32 80 M12 M10 10 260 x 140 x 10 30 70
150.2 160.2
170.0 182.0
DRS 200 103 130 35.0 38 80 M12 M10 10 260 x 180 x 10 30 90
182.2 194.2
203352_3a_enGB_080812

1) See section 3.8 for use of threaded pins or spacer elements


2) Check l1 dimension, see section 3.9 pin set
3) Variable dimension, see section 3.9 pin set 59
3.6 DRS 200 pin connection with AD. 50 / WU. 60 gearbox

Pin connection B Pin connection B


Bore hole arrangement for A Bore hole arrangement for A (welded plate side)
3

Wheel centre Wheel centre

Without welded plate


3)
With welded plate

1)

A A

42091846.eps

Wheel block Dimensions [mm]

a5 a7 a8 a18 a19 a20 c1 d9 d10 d14 l1 2) l2


± 0.05 D9 max min

DRS 200 275 90 75 108.5 127 168 130 35 38 80 194 10

For part numbers of pin sets, see section 3.9


203352_3a_enGB_080812

For part numbers of welded plate, see section 3.10

1) See section 3.8 for assembly of spacer elements


2) Check l1 dimension, see section 3.9 pin set
60 3) See section 3.9 pin set
3.6 DRS 250 – 500 pin connection

Bore hole arrangement for A MA/NA

1)
a4 l1
l2 l2
a20
d15 c1
1)

d9

3
a9

a8

d9 a21
a7

d14 w
Wheel centre a5
a18 a19

3)
a18 Threaded pins Spacer plates

When fitting guide rollers, observe dimensions a20, a21 and w 42091844.eps

Wheel block Dimensions in mm

a4 a5 a7 a8 a9 a18 a19 a20 a21 c1 d9 d14 d15 l1 2) l2 w


± 0.05 D9 max min
118 134
DRS 250 310 310 95 80 135 200 10 150 40 100 M16 210 15 15o
120 132
139 162
DRS 315 360 370 120 80 155 250 15 180 50 120 M16 250 18 15o
142 159
160 185
DRS 400 450 450 150 130 210 320 50 210 65 150 M20 285 20 15o
162 183
179 206
DRS 500 580 580 190 160 250 390 70 240 70 165 M20 320 23 15o
180 205

For part numbers of pin sets, see section 3.9


203352_3a_enGB_080812

1) See section 3.8 for use of threaded pins or spacer elements


2) Check l1 dimension, see section 3.9 pin set
3) See section 3.9 pin set 61
3.7 End connection
DRS 112 – 200 end connection

Not included in scope of supply


3

41756744.eps

Wheel Basic Part no. Dimensions [mm] Options


block type
Welded Pin set Spacer
a5 a6 a7 a8 a16 d9 d14 b1 b2 h l t1 t2 w1 w2 w3
plate plate set
1) 1) 1) 2)

A 753 829 44 753 738 44


DRS 112 753 714 44 145 7 45 40 93 18.5 50 30 111 150 223 8 7 3 4 4 752 139 44
NA/MA – 753 737 44
A 752 429 44 752 338 44
DRS 125 752 314 44 175 8 54 40 110 21.0 60 40 111 200 265 8 8 3 4 4 752 140 44
NA/MA – 752 337 44
A 752 729 44 752 638 44
DRS 160 752 614 44 220 10 70 55 140 30.0 80 50 129 250 330 8 10 4 4 5 752 141 44
NA/MA – 752 637 44
A 753 229 44 753 138 44
DRS 200 753 114 44 275 10 90 75 170 35.0 80 50 154 300 395 8 10 4 4 5 752 142 44
NA/MA – 753 137 44

Bore hole arrangement for alignable end connection and axial securing arrangement with threaded pins (by the
customer)

Side with
welded plate

drilled by the customer 41681444.eps

Wheel block Dimensions [mm]

a4 a6 a9 d10 d15

DRS 112 148 145 64 20


M 10
DRS 125 162 175 72 23

DRS 160 206 220 90 32


203352_3a_enGB_080812

M 12
DRS 200 266 275 118 38

1) After alignment and tacking, weld first on the inside then on the outside.
Welded connections to tolerance class DIN 8570 BF Assessment group DIN EN 25817 C
62 2) Required to fit the torque bracket.
DRS 250 end connection

Not included in scope of supply

3
42282744.eps

Wheel Basic Part no. Dimensions [mm] Options


block type
Pin set Spacer plate
a1 a2 a5 a6 b1 b2 d9 h h1 h2 L t1 t2 w w1 w2 w3 w4
set
1) 1) 1) 1)

A 753 438 44
DRS 250 753 414 44 90 45 310 7 80 185 40 382 236 176 393 12 12 121° 4 4 5 5 752 143 44
NA/MA 753 437 44
203352_3a_enGB_080812

1) After alignment and tacking, weld first on the inside then on the outside.
Welded connections to tolerance class DIN 8570 BF Assessment group DIN EN 25817 C 63
3.8 Axial retaining arrangement with track gauge adjustment

Spacer plates

The track gauge can be changed using interchangeable spacer plates.


Standard assignments and maximum adjustment are shown in the table.

Not included in scope of supply


Spacer plates

Spacer plate
Supporting washer
(play compensated
by means of shims)
3

Pin

Retaining ring

42275744.eps

Wheel block Part no. Dimensions [mm] Set per DRS consisting of

l max b max Max. adjusting range Number and thickness

DRS 112 752 139 44 111 7.5 ± 7.0 2 x 2 mm + 2 x 3 mm + 2 x 5 mm

DRS 125 752 140 44 114 8.0 ± 7.5 2 x 2mm + 2 x 3mm + 2 x 5mm

DRS 160 752 141 44 130 10.0 ± 9.5 3 x 2 mm + 2 x 3 mm + 2 x 5 mm

DRS 200 752 142 44 162 16.0 ± 15.5 4 x 2 mm + 2 x 3 mm + 4 x 5 mm

DRS 250 752 143 44 180 15.0 ± 14.5 4 x 2 mm + 2 x 3 mm + 4 x 5 mm

DRS 315 752 144 44 214 17.0 ± 16.5 5 x 2 mm + 2 x 3 mm + 4 x 5 mm

DRS 400 752 145 44 245 17.0 ± 16.5 5 x 2 mm + 2 x 3 mm + 4 x 5 mm

DRS 500 752 146 44 274 17.0 ± 16.5 5 x 2 mm + 2 x 3 mm + 4 x 5 mm

Threaded pins

The zinc-coated threaded pins are used to align and then to fix the wheel block in the axial direction.

Wheel block Part no. set 1) Threaded pin Tightening torque


1
grade: 45 H of nut 1

DRS 112 / 125 752 147 44 M10 x 40 60 Nm

DRS 160 / 200 2) 752 148 44 M12 x 50 104 Nm

DRS 250 / 315 752 937 44 M16 x 60 250 Nm

DRS 400 752 938 44 M20 x 75 490 Nm

DRS 500 752 929 44 M20 x 85 490 Nm


203352_3a_enGB_080812

41757344.eps

1) Part no. includes per DRS: 4 threaded pins and 4 lock nuts
64 2) DRS 200 with AD 50 / WU 60 gearbox not possible, only the set of spacer plates has to be used
3.9 Pin set

41752644.eps

3
Wheel Part no. Type Weight Materials Surface Dimensions [mm]
block DIN EN 10083 protection
d l l1 No. of washers Spacer Shaft retain-
sleeve ing rings
[kg] D9 / h8 min. max. 1.0 2.0 2.5 3.0 3.5 4 x DIN 471
753 737 44 S 00.6 42CrMo4+QT 143.5 119.5 127.5
DRS 112 18.5 4 8 – – – – 18 x 1.5
753 738 44 L 00.7 36NiCrMo16+QT 153.0 129.2 137.2
752 337 44 S 00.8 42CrMo4+QT 143.5 119.0 127.0 8
DRS 125 21.0 4 – – – – 20 x 1.75
752 338 44 L 00.9 36NiCrMo16+QT 161.0 128.2 140.2 12
752 637 44 S 02.0 42CrMo4+QT 168.0 138.0 150.0 12
DRS 160 30.0 4 – – – – 30 x 2
752 638 44 L 02.1 42CrMo4+QT 178.0 150.2 160.2 10
Zinc-coated surface

753 137 44 S 03.2 42CrMo4+QT 202.0 170.0 182.0


DRS 200 35.0 4 12 – – – – 35 x 2.5
753 138 44 L 03.4 42CrMo4+QT 214.0 182.2 194.2
753 437 44 L 05.5 42CrMo4+QT 14 2 x 21
DRS 250 40.0 252.0 194.0 210.0 8 – – – 40 x 2.5
753 438 44 1) L 05.3 42CrMo4+QT 16 –
754 137 44 L 10.1 14 2 x 27.5
DRS 315 36NiCrMo16+QT 50.0 301.0 231.0 250.0 8 – – – 50 x 3
754 138 44 1) L 09.8 16 –
754 437 44 L 19.9 14 2 x 32
DRS 400 65.0 345.0 262.0 285.0 10 – – – 65 x 4
754 438 44 1) L 19.3 16 –
C45+QT
754 737 44 L 25.5 16 2 x 35.5
DRS 500 70.0 385.0 291.0 320.0 10 – – – 70 x 4
754 738 44 1) L 24.8 18 –

DRS 200 pin set for AD. 50 / WU. 60 gearbox

41751344.eps

Wheel Part no. Type Weight Materials Surface protection Dimensions [mm]
block DIN EN 10083
d D l l1 No. of washers Shaft retain-
ing rings
[kg] D9 / h8 min. max. 1.0 2.0 2 x DIN 471
2 x dia. 40 dia. 35 x 2.5
DRS 200 752 947 44 1) L 03.9 42CrMo4+QT Zinc-coated surface 35.0 40 235.5 170.0 194.0 24 x dia. 35
2 x dia. 35 dia. 40 x 2.5
203352_3a_enGB_080812

1) Pin set for the driven type. 65


3.10 Welded plate
3

Material: S 355 J 2 G 3 (St 52)


41751544.eps

Wheel block Part no. a4 a5 a8 a9 a10 a11 a12 a13 a14

DRS 112 753 829 44 148 145 40 064 10 – 050.0 060.0 –

DRS 125 752 429 44 162 175 40 072 41 10 058.5 068.5 092.0

DRS 160 752 729 44 206 220 55 090 56 12 075.0 090.0 110.0

DRS 200 753 229 44 266 275 75 118 70 10 105.0 115.0 140.0

Wheel block a15 R h1 h2 d1 d2 d9 d19 b

D9 / h8

DRS 112 079.0 17.5 53 075 090 12 18.5 4 x M8 12

DRS 125 077.5 19.0 60 083 090 12 21.0 6 x M8 12

DRS 160 097.5 26.0 75 107 120 14 30.0 6 x M10 12

DRS 200 120.0 30.0 88 134 120 14 35.0 6 x M10 12

Dimension B has to be considered when selecting the pin.


203352_3a_enGB_080812

66
3.11 Shaft system The Demag shaft system for DRS wheel blocks with drives from the Demag modu-
lar geared motor system consists of various shaft types:

Drive shaft Gearbox with solid shafts featuring involute splines


or shaft type A or type DFW for gearboxes with hollow shafts featuring involute
splines.

3
Connecting shaft Type G for central drive units with offset or angular gearboxes in connection with a
coupling.
Important: This shaft type must not be used as a drive shaft.
Connecting shafts are available in the lengths for the five specified track gauges
of 1000, 1400, 2240, 2800 and 3150 mm.
This shaft has to be shortened to the individual track gauge by the customer.
Shortening of the shaft to customer specification is available as an option.

Shaft profile All shafts have a splined profile to DIN 5480 with the following dimensions and
checking dimensions:

Splined shaft profile to DIN 5480 Diametral checking dimension Measuring roller diameter
(Pressure angle 30°) Me DM
W30x1.25x22 6g/7H 33.078 –0.0196 2.75

W35x2x16 6g/7H 38.972 –0.023 4

W45x2x21 6g/7H 48.907 –0.022 4

W50x2x24 6g/7H 54.187 –0.025 4

W65x2x31 6g/7H 69.024 –0.028 4

W75x3x24 6g/7H 81.292 –0.028 6

W90x3x28 6g/7H 95.945 –0.0265 6


42204344.eps W110x3x35 6g/7H 116.036 –0.0306 6
203352_3a_enGB_080812

67
3.11.1 Individual drive unit, offset gearbox
Consisting of:
a) Offset gearbox with journal shafts: Torque bracket set, corresponding to connection variant
b) Offset gearbox with hollow shaft: Torque bracket set, corresponding to connection variant and splined shaft set

With journal shaft With hollow shaft


3

42293244.eps 42293344.eps

Wheel block Travel Splined hub profile for journal or hollow shafts Individual drive unit
wheel hub
AM. / AD. / AU. offset gearbox Journal shafts 1) Splined shaft set 2)
profile
10 20 30 40 50 60 70 80 90 K / W1 B / W2 K / W1, B / W2

N30 N30 30 (11) 30 (11) –


DRS 112
N30 N30 – – 860 090 46

N30 N30 30 31 –

DRS 125 N35 N35 35(11) 35(11) –

N35 N35 – – 860 190 46

N35 N35 35 36 –

DRS 160 N45 N45 45 (11) 45 (11) –

N45 N45 – – 860 290 46

N45 N45 45 46 –

DRS 200 N50 N50 50 (11) 50 (11) –

N50 N50 – – 860 390 46

N50 N50 50 51 –

DRS 250 N65 N65 65 (11) 66 (22) –

N65 N65 – – 860 490 46

N65 N65 66 66 –

DRS 315 N75 N75 75 (11) 76 (22) –

N75 N75 – – 860 590 46

N75 N75 76 76 –

DRS 400 N90 N90 90 (11) 91 (22) –

N90 N90 – – 860 690 46

N90 N90 91 91 –

DRS 500 N110 N110 110 111 –

N110 N110 – – 860 790 46

Offset gearbox with hollow shaft


K = Top connection
W = W1 (side connection with drive on wheel block side)
W2 (side connection with drive on connecting plate side)
B = Pin connection
203352_3a_enGB_080812

1) Output drive shaft code for individual drive unit, (..) output drive shaft code for central drive unit
68 2) Part no. includes splined shaft, shims and axial retaining elements
3.11.2 Central drive unit inside arrangement (ZI), offset gearbox
Consisting of:
a) Offset gearbox with journal shafts on both sides: Torque bracket set, corresponding to connection variant and
central shaft set consisting of: Coupling set and connecting shaft G
b) Offset gearbox with hollow shaft: Torque bracket set, corresponding to connection variant and central shaft set
consisting of: Splined shaft, coupling and connecting shaft G

With journal shaft With hollow shaft

3
42293444.eps 42293544.eps

Wheel block Set part no. Central shaft set part no.

Torque brackets for connection variants 3) Coupling 4) Connecting shafts (G) for track gauge

K W1 B K1 (K3) 1000 1400 2240 2800 3150

753 796 44 753 796 44 753 797 44 860 001 46 5) 860 002 46 5) 860 003 46 5) 860 004 46 5) 860 005 46 5)
DRS 112 752 150 44
753 796 44 753 796 44 753 797 44 860 011 44 6) 860 012 46 6) 860 013 46 6) 860 014 46 6) 860 015 46 6)

752 396 44 752 396 44 752 397 44 – 7)

DRS 125 752 396 44 752 396 44 752 397 44 860 101 46 5) 860 102 46 5) 860 103 46 5) 860 104 46 5) 860 105 46 5)
752 152 44
752 391 44 752 391 44 752 394 44 860 111 46 6) 860 112 46 6) 860 113 46 6) 860 114 46 6) 860 115 46 6)

752 696 44 752 696 44 752 697 44 – 7)

DRS 160 752 691 44 752 691 44 752 694 44 860 201 46 5) 860 202 46 5) 860 203 46 5) 860 204 46 5) 860 205 46 5)
752 154 44
752 691 44 752 691 44 752 694 44 860 211 46 6) 860212 46 6) 860 213 46 6) 860 214 46 6) 860 215 46 6)

753 190 44 753 190 44 753 192 44 – 7)

DRS 200 753 190 44 753 190 44 753 192 44 860 301 46 5) 860 302 46 5) 860 303 46 5) 860 304 46 5) 860 305 46 5)
752 156 44
753 191 44 753 193 44 753 193 44 860 311 46 6) 860 312 46 6) 860 313 46 6) 860 314 46 6) 860 315 46 6)

753 490 44 753 570 44 753 570 44 – 7)

DRS 250 753 491 44 753 571 44 753 571 44 860 401 46 5) 860 402 46 5) 860 403 46 5) 860 404 46 5) 860 405 46 5)
752 950 44
753 492 44 753 572 44 753 572 44 860 411 46 6) 860 412 46 6) 860 413 46 6) 860 414 46 6) 860 415 46 6)

754 190 44 754 270 44 754 270 44 – 7)

DRS 315 754 191 44 754 271 44 754 271 44 860 501 46 5) 860 502 46 5) 860 503 46 5) 860 504 46 5) 860 505 46 5)
752 952 44
754 192 44 754 272 44 754 272 44 860 511 46 6) 860 512 46 6) 860 513 46 6) 860 514 46 6) 860 515 46 6)

754 490 44 754 570 44 754 570 44 – 7)

DRS 400 754 491 44 754 571 44 754 571 44 860 601 46 5) 860 602 46 5) 860 603 46 5) 860 604 46 5) 860 605 46 5)
752 954 44
754 492 44 754 572 44 754 572 44 860 611 46 6) 860 612 46 6) 860 613 44 6) 860 614 46 6) 860 615 46 6)

754 790 44 754 870 44 754 870 44 – 7)

DRS 500 754 791 44 754 871 44 754 871 44 – 2085 - 3150 8)
752 844 44
754 792 44 754 872 44 754 872 44 – 2085 - 3150 8)

K = Top connection
W = W1 (side connection with drive on wheel block side)
W2 (side connection with drive on connecting plate side), see section 4.1 for selection of the torque bracket sets
B = Pin connection
203352_3a_enGB_080812

3) Part no. includes depending on type torque bracket, bolted fastening parts to the gearbox and retaining elements
4) Part no. includes coupling and heavy-duty roll pin
5) Part no. includes connecting shaft G, shims and axial retaining elements, coupling K1
6) Part no. includes splined shaft with retaining elements, connecting shaft G with shims and axial retaining elements, coupling K1
7) not possible
8) see section 3.11.5 69
3.11.3 Individual drive unit, angular gearbox
Consisting of:
a) Angular gearbox with journal shafts: Torque bracket set, corresponding to connection variant
b) Angular gearbox with hollow shaft: Torque bracket set, corresponding to connection variant and splined shaft
set

With journal shaft With hollow shaft


3

42275844.eps 42275944.eps

Wheel block Travel Splined hub profile for journal or hollow shafts Individual drive unit
wheel hub
WUE / WUK angular gearbox Journal shafts 1) Splined shaft set 2)
profile
10 20 30 40 50 60 70 80 90 100 K / W1 B / W2 K / W1, B / W2
N30 N30 30 (11) 30 (11) –
DRS 112
N30 N30 – – 860 095 46
N30 N30 30 31 –
DRS 125 N35 N35 35(11) 35(11) –
N35 N35 – – 860 195 46
N35 N35 35 36 –
DRS 160 N45 N45 45 (11) 45 (11) –
N45 N45 – – 860295 46
N45 N45 45 46 –
N50 N50 50 (11) 50 (11) –
DRS 200
N50 N50 – – 860 390 46
N50 N50 – – 860 390 46
N50 N50 51 51 –
N50 N50 – – 7)

N65 N65 65 (11) 66 (22) –


DRS 250
N50 N50 – – 7)

N65 N65 65 (11) 66 (22) –


N65 N65 – – 860 495 46
N65 N65 66 66 –
N65 N65 66 (11) 66 (22) –
DRS 315
N75 N75 75 (11) 76 (22) –
N75 N75 – – 860 595 46
N75 N75 76 76 –
DRS 400 N90 N90 90 91 –
N90 N90 – – 860 695 46
N90 N90 91 91 –
DRS 500 N110 N110 110 111 –
N110 N110 – – 860 795 46

K = Top connection Angular gearbox with hollow


W = W1 (side connection with drive on wheel block side) shaft
203352_3a_enGB_080812

W2 (side connection with drive on connecting plate side)


B = Pin connection

1) Output drive shaft code for individual drive unit, (..) output drive shaft code for central drive unit
2) Part no. includes splined shaft, shims and axial retaining elements
70 7) not possible
3.11.4 Central drive unit inside arrangement (ZI), angular gearbox
Consisting of:
a) Angular gearbox with journal shafts on both sides: Torque bracket set, corresponding to connection variant,
central shaft set consisting of: Coupling set and connecting shaft G
b) Angular gearbox with hollow shaft: Torque bracket set, corresponding to connection variant, central shaft set
consisting of: Splined shaft set, coupling set and connecting shaft G
With journal shaft With hollow shaft

3
42293644.eps 42293744.eps

Wheel block Set part no. Central shaft set part no.

Torque brackets for connection variants 3) Coupling 4) Connecting shafts (G) for track gauge

K W1 B / W2 K1 (K3) 1000 1400 2240 2800 3150


753 890 44 753 890 44 753 892 44 860 021 46 5) 860 022 46 5) 860 023 46 5) 860 024 46 5) 860 025 46 5)
DRS 112 752 150 44
753 891 44 753 891 44 753 894 44 860 031 46 6) 860 032 46 6) 860 03346 6) 860 034 46 6) 860 035 46 6)

752 490 44 752 490 44 752 492 44 – 7)

DRS 125 752 491 44 752 491 44 752 494 44 860 121 46 5) 860 122 46 5) 860 123 46 5) 860 124 46 5) 860 125 46 5)
752 152 44
752 491 44 752 491 44 752 494 44 860 131 46 6) 860 132 46 6) 860 133 46 6) 860 134 46 6) 860 135 46 6)

752 790 44 752 790 44 752 792 44 – 7)

DRS 160 752 790 44 752 790 44 752 792 44 860 221 46 5) 860 222 46 5) 860 223 46 5) 860 224 46 5) 860 225 46 5)
752 154 44
752 791 44 752 791 44 753 794 44 860 231 46 6) 860 232 46 6) 860 233 46 6) 860 234 46 6) 860 235 46 6)

753 290 44 753 290 44 753 293 44 – 7)

753 291 44 753 291 44 753 294 44 860 321 46 5) 860 322 46 5) 860 323 46 5) 860 324 46 5) 860 325 46 5)
DRS 200
753 292 44 753 292 44 753 295 44 752 156 44 860 331 46 6) 860 332 46 6) 860 333 46 6) 860 334 46 6) 860 335 46 6)

753 296 46 753 297 44 753 297 44 860 331 46 6) 860 332 46 6) 860 333 46 6) 860 334 46 6) 860 335 46 6)

753 590 44 753 580 44 753 580 44 7)



753 591 44 753 581 44 753 581 44 7)

753 591 44 753 581 44 753 581 44 752 950 44 860 421 46 5) 860 422 46 5) 860 423 46 5) 860 424 46 5) 860 425 46 5)
DRS 250
753 592 44 753 582 44 753 582 44 752 156 44 7)

753 592 44 753 582 44 753 582 44 860 421 46 5) 860 422 46 5) 860 423 46 5) 860 424 46 5) 860 425 46 5)
752 950 44
753 593 44 753 583 44 753 583 44 860 431 46 6) 860 432 46 6) 860 433 46 6) 860 434 46 6) 860 435 46 6)

754 290 44 754 280 44 754 280 44 7)



754 291 44 754 281 44 754 281 44 7)
DRS 315
754 292 44 754 282 44 754 282 44 860 521 46 5) 860 522 46 5) 860 523 46 5) 860 524 46 5) 860 525 46 5)
752 952 44
754 293 44 754 283 44 754 283 44 860 531 46 6) 860 532 46 6) 860 533 46 6) 860 534 46 6) 860 535 46 6)

754 590 44 754 580 44 754 580 44 – 7)

DRS 400 754 591 44 754 581 44 754 581 44 860 621 46 5) 860 622 46 5) 860 623 46 5) 860 624 46 5) 860 625 46 5)
752 954 44
754 592 44 754 582 44 754 582 44 860 631 46 6) 860 632 46 6) 860 633 46 6) 860 634 46 6) 860 635 46 6)

754 890 44 754 880 44 754 880 44 – 7)

DRS 500 754 891 44 754 881 44 754 881 44 – 2085 - 3150 8)
752 844 44
754 892 44 754 882 44 754 882 44 – 2085 - 3150 8)

K = Top connection
W = W1 (side connection with drive on wheel block side)
W2 (side connection with drive on connecting plate side), see section 4.1 for selection of the torque bracket set
203352_3a_enGB_080812

B = Pin connection
3) Part no. includes depending on type torque bracket, bolted fastening parts to the gearbox and retaining elements
4) Part no. includes coupling and heavy-duty roll pin
5) Part no. includes connecting shaft G, shims and axial retaining elements, coupling K1
6) Part no. includes splined shaft with retaining elements, connecting shaft G with shims and axial retaining elements, coupling K1
7) not possible
8) see section 3.11.5 71
3.11.5 Central drive unit inside arrangement (ZI) DRS 500

with offset gearbox


167.2

LG 41

2
1 4
6

5 5
5
3 6
3

L
6
3
Track gauge SPW
min. 2085 / max. 3150
42661544.eps

with angular gearbox


LG 167.2

40

5 1 2
4
6 6
5
5
5
5
6
3 6 L
6
3
Track gauge SPW
min. 2085 / max. 3150

42661644.eps

Item Designation

1 Gearbox side journal shaft for ADE 80 / WUE 90 gearbox or splined shaft for AUK 90 / WUK 100 gearbox

2 Intermediate hollow shaft (tube with K3 couplings welded in)

3 Spacer rings

4 MA drive shaft

5 Retaining ring

6 Supporting washer

Track gauge SPW Gearbox Dimensions [mm]

Type Output shaft code Set part no. 1) LG L

ADE 80 11 860 703 46

ADE 80 22 860 704 46

AUK 90 110 860 713 46


2085 to 3150 L+(2x170) Spw-1350
WUE 90 11 860 723 46
203352_3a_enGB_080812

WUE 90 22 860 724 46

WUK 100 110 860 733 46

1) Consists of intermediate hollow shaft (2), drive shaft (1)(4), spacer rings (3) and retaining elements (5/6)
72
203352_3a_enGB_080812

73
3
3.12 Splined shaft type A

Wheel block centre


3

42280644.eps

Wheel block Shaft profile Gearbox Part no. Dimensions [mm]


DIN 5480 size
L L1 L2 L3 L4 L5 L6 L7 L8 L9
AMK 20 860 090 46 308 205 216 226 33 15
DRS 112 W30
WUK 20 860 095 46 348 259 269 279 33 15
AMK 30 860 190 46 332 224 234 244 31.4 15
DRS 125 W35 –
WUK 30 860 195 46 382 285 295 305 31.4 15
AMK 40 860 290 46 379 258 271 283 34.5 17.5
DRS 160 W45
WUK 40 860 295 46 444 333 346 356 34.5 17.5
ADK 50
DRS 200 W50 860 390 46 501 281 309 370 36 17.5 377 386 398 405
WUK 50/60
ADK 60 860 490 46 488.5 356 393 – 70 10.5
DRS 250 W65
WUK 70 860 495 46 578 464 500 – 70 10.5
ADK 70 860 590 46 587 445 489 – 86.5 13
DRS 315 W75
WUK 80 860 595 46 682 509 553 – 86.5 13

ADK80 860 690 46 675 518 565 – 99.5 13.5
DRS 400 W90
WUK 90 860 695 46 749 581 625 – 99.5 13.5
AUK 90 860 790 46 793 594 639.5 – 111 13.5
DRS 500 W110
WUK 100 860 795 46 750 678.5 732 – 111 13.5

3.13 Splined shaft type DFW

DFW shafts can only be used with certain mo-


tor/gearbox combinations. Please check with
the manufacturer before using these shafts.

Wheel block centre Hollow shaft K


42278244.eps

Wheel block Shaft profile Gearbox size Part no. Dimensions [mm]
DIN 5480
L L1 L2 L3

DRS 112 W30 AMK 20 752 031 44 225 102.0 107.5 3.5

DRS 125 W35 AMK 30 752 033 44 250 121.0 129.0

DRS 160 W45 AMK 40 752 035 44 305 139.5 147.0 5.0

W50 ADK 50 752 03744 327 164.5 172.5


203352_3a_enGB_080812

DRS 200

DRS 250 W65 ADK 60 752 831 44 400 194.5 204.0

DRS 315 W75 ADK 70 752 833 44 1) 240.5 254.0 6.0


512
DRS 400 W90 ADK 80 752 835 44 1) 274.0 288.5

74 1) Delivery time on request


3.14 Connecting shaft type G

3
42290844.eps

Wheel block Shaft Gearbox size Track gauge A offset gearbox W angular gearboxes
profile
Part no. Dimensions [mm] Part no. Dimensions [mm]

[mm] L L1 L2 L L1 L2
1000 752 060 44 740 752 040 44 700
1400 752 062 44 1140 752 042 44 1100
A 10/20
DRS 112 W30 2240 752 064 44 1980 48 100 752 044 44 1940 48 100
W 10/20
2800 752 066 44 2540 752 046 44 2500
3150 752 068 44 2890 752 048 44 2850
1000 752 070 44 715 752 120 44 665
1400 752 072 44 1115 752 122 44 1065
A 20/30
DRS 125 W35 2240 752 074 44 1955 48 98 752 124 44 1905 48 98
W 20/30
2800 752 076 44 2515 752 126 44 2465
3150 752 078 44 2865 752 128 44 2815
1000 752 080 44 670 752 160 44 605
1400 752 082 44 1070 752 162 44 1005
A 30/40
DRS 160 W45 2240 752 084 44 1910 106 – 752 164 44 1845 106 –
W 30/40
2800 752 086 44 2470 752 166 44 2405
3150 752 088 44 2820 752 168 44 2755
1000 752 090 44 630 752 170 44 550
1400 752 092 44 1030 752 172 44 950
A 40/50 1)
DRS 200 W50 2240 752 094 44 1870 122 – 752 174 44 1790 122 –
W 40/50/60 1)
2800 752 096 44 2430 752 176 44 2350
3150 752 098 44 2780 752 178 44 2700
1000 752 860 44 582 752 970 44 490
1400 752 862 44 982 752 972 44 890
A 50/60
DRS 250 W65 2240 752 864 44 1822 98 167 752 974 44 1730 98 167
W 50/60/70
2800 752 866 44 2382 752 976 44 2290
3150 752 868 44 2732 752 978 44 2640
1000 752 870 44 500 752 960 44 395
1400 752 872 44 900 752 962 44 795
A 60/70
DRS 315 W75 2240 752 874 44 1740 116 196 752 964 44 1635 116 196
W 70/80
2800 752 876 44 2300 752 966 44 2195
3150 752 878 44 2650 752 968 44 2545
1000 752 880 44 400 752 940 44 330
1400 752 882 44 800 752 942 44 730
A 70/80
DRS 400 W90 2240 752 884 44 1640 133 249 752 944 44 1570 133 249
W 80/90
2800 752 886 44 2200 752 946 44 2130
3150 752 888 44 2550 752 948 44 2480
203352_3a_enGB_080812

DRS 500 – – – – – – – – – – –

1) For standard central drive arrangement the shafts for the angular gearbox have to be used here. 75
3.15 Shafts – coupling K A-A

Coupling K1 DRS 112 – 400


Ød3 l3
Ød4

Ød2
Ød1
3

l1

41644944.eps

Wheel Gearbox Splined hub Dimensions [mm] Weight Part no.


block size profile to
A../W.. DIN 5480 d1 d2 d3 d4 l l1 l3

D H11 H13 [kg] 1)

DRS 112 10/20 N 30 29.75 40.3 h11 8 34.0 80 40.0 7 0.3 752 150 44

DRS 125 20/30 N 35 34.6 48 h11 8 43.2 100 50.0 7 0.8 752 152 44

DRS 160 30/40 N 45 44.6 60 h8 8 54.7 120 60.0 7 1.3 752 154 44

DRS 200 40/50/60 N 50 49.6 65 h11 8 59.4 125 62.5 7 1.7 752 156 44

DRS 250 50/60/70 N 65 64.6 80 h9 8 – 125 62.5 – 1.8 752 950 44

DRS 315 60/70/80 N 75 74.6 95 h11 8 – 145 72.5 – 3.4 752 952 44

DRS 400 70/80/90 N 90 89.6 115 h11 8 – 170 85.0 – 5.9 752 954 44

Coupling K3 DRS 500 l3


Ød2

Ød1

Ød4
+0,5
Ø111

l2
l1
l
42661444.eps

Wheel Gearbox Splined hub Dimensions [mm] Weight Part no.


block size profile to
A../W.. DIN 5480 d1 d2 d4 l l1 l2 l3

D H11 2) [kg]
203352_3a_enGB_080812

DRS 500 90/100 N110 109.4 160 150.3 d9 320 227.5 127.5 151 27 752 844 44

1) Part no. includes: coupling K1 and heavy-duty split sleeve


76 2) Min. fitting depth for shaft
3.16 Universal shaft F
3.16.1 Universal shaft F, shaft dimensions

DRS 112 – 200

Centred to DIN 332; R4.0 x 8.5

Centred to DIN 332; R4.0 x 8.5

3
Material:
S 355 J2 G3
to DIN/EN 10025 41756644.eps

Splined hub profile


Wheel Part no. Material Dimensions [mm]
DIN 5480
block
D1 D4 C L5 L6 L7 L8

D3 h8 h12 H13

DRS 112 W30x1.25x22x6g 753 824 44 45 32.5 2.65 95 112.0 55 196

DRS 125 W35x2x16x6g 752 424 44 55 37.5 2.65 125 144.0 55 231
S355J2G3
DRS 160 W45x2x21x6g 752 724 44 65 47.0 3.15 160 181.5 55 273

DRS 200 W50x2x24x6g 753 224 44 75 57.0 3.15 220 241.5 75 358

DRS 250 – 500


L8
L7 L6 Centred to DIN 332; R4.0 x 8.5
L5
Centred to DIN 332; R4.0 x 8.5
R3
0
D3

D5
D1
D4

C L9
Material:
S 355 J2 G3
to DIN/EN 10025 41756646.eps

Splined hub profile


Wheel Part no. Material Dimensions [mm]
DIN 5480
block
D1 D4 D5 C L5 L6 L7 L8 L9

D3 h8 h12 H13

DRS 250 W65x2x31x6g 753 524 44 95 61.5 — 215 263.4 147.5 415 —

DRS 315 W75x3x24x6g 754 224 44 110 74.6 — 260 311.9 180.0 496 —
S355J2G3 4.15
DRS 400 W90x3x28x6g 754 524 44 135 86.5 120.3 300 355.4 205.5 565 25

DRS 500 W110x3x35x6g 754 824 44 165 105.0 120.3 380 441.4 234.5 680 25
203352_3a_enGB_080812

77
3.16.2 Universal shaft F dimensions for DRS 112 – 200

Top connection K (basic wheel block type A)

Connecting plate
Bearing seat

Drive shaft F

42294044.eps
Section A-A
Connecting plate centred using
42293944.eps roll pins.
3

Side connection W (basic wheel block type MA)


Connecting plate
Bearing seat
Drive shaft F

42294344.eps

Section A-A
Connecting plate centred using
42294244.eps adapter nuts.

Pin connection B (basic wheel block type MA)


Connecting plate
Bearing seat
Drive shaft F

42278144.eps

Section A-A
Connecting plate centred using
42294444.eps pins.

Wheel block Shaft Connection variant Part no. Dimensions [mm]


profile
DIN 5480 D1 D2 L1 L2 L3 L4
2) h8 max.

K 753 820 44
160 72 36 –
DRS 112 W 30 W1 753 821 44 45

B 1) 753 822 44 178 88 18 127


90
K 752 420 44
193 76 38 –
DRS 125 W 35 W1 752 421 44 55

B 1) 752 422 44 209 92 22 130

K 752 720 44
235 85 38 –
DRS 160 W 45 W1 752 721 44 65

B 1) 752 722 44 254 104 20 148


120
K 753 220 44 3)
203352_3a_enGB_080812

305 95 53 –
DRS 200 W 50 W1 753 221 44 75

B 1) 753 222 44 331 121 27 182

1) Dimensions L1, L2 and L3 vary depending on dimension L4


2) Part no. includes drive shaft, connecting plate, bearing sleeve with corresponding mounting parts
78 3) Specify A40 offset gearbox for wheel block type code
3.16.3 Universal shaft F dimensions for DRS 250 – 500

R3
0

D5
D1
L9

3
L3 L5

L1

42293844.eps

Wheel block Shaft profile Connection variant Part no. Dimensions [mm]
DIN 5480
D1 L1 L3 L5

h8

DRS 250 W 65 753 524 44 95 345 70 215

DRS 315 W 75 754 224 44 110 410 86 260


K, W, B
DRS 400 W 90 754 524 44 135 466 99 300

DRS 500 W 110 754 824 44 165 569 111 380


203352_3a_enGB_080812

79
3.16.4 Universal shaft F calculation

Force on the universal shaft Top connection K Side connection W1 Pin connection B
(End connection)

F
M
F F F

-x +x -x -x
M +x M M +x
3

Fig. 1 Fig. 2 Fig. 3 Fig. 4


43440344.eps

Force-torque diagram for


DRS 112 – 200
Radial force F [kN]

Drive torque M [Nm]

Force-torque diagram for


DRS 250 – 500
Radial force F [kN]

203352_3a_enGB_080812

Drive torque M [Nm]

80
Wheel block HF HDRS z Factor K at
x = 0 mm
[mm] [mm] [mm] z = 0 mm
DRS 112 54.5 58 24 ≥ z ≥ 0 0.940

DRS 125 63.5 59 26 ≥ z ≥ 0 1.076

DRS 160 86 66 28 ≥ z ≥ 0 1.303

DRS 200 119 76 38 ≥ z ≥ 0 1.566

DRS 250 162.5 75 – 2.167

DRS 315 190 90 – 2.112

DRS 400 211 105 – 2.009

DRS 500 259 120 – 2.158

Permissible distance between DRS side and bearing plate rear


side (see pin connection fig. 4)

3
Calculate the permissible universal shaft force
(only applies for reduction at x > 0 mm, otherwise F(M) directly from the diagram)

HF
Fperm (DRS,x) = F(M) ·
HF + x

Fperm (DRS,x) = Permissible force [N] on the DRS universal shaft


depending on the wheel block size and the point at which the force
is applied x
F (M) = Universal shaft force [N] according to the diagram
HF = Constant depending on the wheel block size [mm]
x = Point at which the force is applied for displacement of force F from
the centre of the universal shaft shoulder [mm] (see fig. 2 – 4)
Value range for x:
L5 L5
≤ x ≤ 0; for -
≤ x ≤ 0: Fperm (DRS,x) = F(M)
2 2
Calculate the permissible remaining load capacity of the wheel block
Factor K (DRS, x, z) for x = 0 mm and z = 0 mm is given in the table

HF + x
K (DRS,x,z) =
HDRS + z

K (DRS,x,z) = Factor for the force ratios on the universal shaft of the DRS [–]
depending on the wheel block size and variables x and z
(see table)
HDRS = Constant depending on the wheel block size [mm]
z = Distance between bearing plate and wheel block, e.g. for pin con-
nection [mm] (see fig. 2 – 4)

Fperm(DRS,x) · K(DRS,x,z) · cos(0.8 · α)


Rperm (DRS,x,z) = Rperm (catalogue) –
g

Rperm (DRS,x,z) = Permissible remaining load capacity of the wheel block when
using universal shafts [kg]
Rperm (catalogue) = Permissible load capacity of the wheel block [kg]
acc. to catalogue (without universal shaft)
203352_3a_enGB_080812

α = Angle of application of the universal shaft force [-90º ≤ α ≤ 90º]


(see fig. 1)
g = Acceleration of gravity 9.81 m/s2

81
3.17 Journal shafts, offset and angular gearboxes
DRS 112 – 200
Journal shaft
A offset gearbox W angular gearboxes
3

Splined shaft see section 3.12 and 3.13 42091545.eps

Wheel block Gearbox Splined shaft profile DRS connection variant


DIN 5480 K / W1 B / W2 K / W1 B / W2 K / W1 B / W2 K / W1, B / W2
Dimensions [mm]
D L6 L7 L8 L9
AME 10 W 30x1.25x22 6g 93 93 123 123 70 70 196
DRS 112
WUE 10 W 30x1.25x22 6g 94 94 124 124 70 70 238
AME 10 W 30x1.25x22 6g 88 100 123 135 70 80 –
AME 20 W 35x2x16 6g 95 95 130 130 70 70 215
DRS 125
WUE 10 W 30x1.25x22 6g 89 101 124 136 70 80 –
WUE 20 W 35x2x16 6g 96 96 131 131 70 70 265
AME 20 W 35x2x16 6g 85 115 130 160 70 90 –
AME 30 W 45x2x21 6g 106 106 151 151 85 85 243
DRS 160
WUE 20 W 35x2x16 6g 86 116 131 161 70 90 –
WUE 30 W 45x2x21 6g 107 107 152 152 85 85 306
AME 30 W 45x2x21 6g 106 135 151 180 85 100 –
AME 40 W 50x2x24 6g 125 125 170 170 120 120 274
DRS 200
WUE 30 W 45x2x21 6g 107 136 152 181 85 100 –
WUE 40 W 50x2x24 6g 125 125 170 170 120 120 353
20335044_039
203352_3a_enGB_080812

See model code in geared motors catalogue 203 151 44 for shaft code and design overview
K = Top connection
W = W1 (side connection with drive on wheel block side)
W2 (side connection with drive on connecting plate side)
B = Pin connection,
82 Standard, using welded plate, end connection, DFW
DRS 250 – 500
Journal shaft
A offset gearbox W angular gearboxes

3
Splined shaft see section 3.12 and 3.13
42091445.eps

Wheel block Gearbox Splined shaft profile DRS connection variant


DIN 5480 K / W1 B K / W1 B K / W1 B K / W1 B
Dimensions [mm]
D L6 L7 L8 L9
ADE 40 W 50x2x24 6g 135 167 168 200 120 150 – –
ADE 50 W 65x2x31 6g 144 180 177 213 138 174 311 348
DRS 250 WUE 40 W 50x2x24 6g 147 147 180 180 130 150 – –
WUE 50 W 65x2x31 6g 140 181 173 214 128 174 381 422
WUE 60 W 65x2x31 6g 138 182 171 215 125 174 401 445
ADE 50 W 65x2x31 6g 173 173 213 213 174 174 – –
ADE 60 W 75x3x24 6g 174 210 214 250 170 205 375 411
DRS 315 WUE 50 W 65x2x31 6g 174 174 214 214 174 174 – –
WUE 60 W 65x2x31 6g 175 175 215 215 174 174 – –
WUE 70 W 75x3x24 6g 174 210 214 250 170 206 484 520
ADE 60 W 75x3x24 6g 201 201 250 250 205 205 – –
ADE 70 W 90x3x28 6g 203 237 252 286 200 230 462 496
DRS 400
WUE 70 W 75x3x24 6g 201 201 250 250 206 206 – –
WUE 80 W 90x3x28 6g 203 237 252 286 200 230 527 561
ADE 70 W 90x3x28 6g 232 232 286 286 230 230 – –
ADE 80 W 110x3x35 6g 231 271 285 325 220 260 531 571
DRS 500
WUE 80 W 90x3x28 6g 232 232 286 286 230 230 – –
WUE 90 W 110x3x35 6g 231 271 285 325 220 260 595 635
20335044_040
203352_3a_enGB_080812

See model code in geared motors catalogue 203 151 44 for shaft code and design overview
K = Top connection
W = W1 (side connection with drive on wheel block side)
W2 (side connection with drive on connecting plate side), see section 4.1 for selection of the torque bracket set
B = Pin connection,
Standard, using welded plate, end connection, DFW 83
3.18 Dimensions of travel drive with offset geared motor, direct input
3.18.1 DRS 112 – 200 wheel block with offset gearbox and ZB. motor
3.18.1.1 DRS 112 – 200 with A 10 – A 40, 2/3-stage direct input
3

43427044.eps

Dimensions of travel wheel types A,B,D shown; for travel wheel dimensions of types E,F,C see section 3.1

Wheel Gearbox Motor Dimensions [mm]


block b5 g2 h1 h2 h21 h22 x1 x1 LG sG
ZB. 1) 2)
63/71 81 140 91.4 51 56.0 161 +5.0 +5.0 506 166
AME 10
80/90 A 81 157 91.4 51 56.0 170 +5.0 +5.0 562 166
DRS 112 63/71 81 140 104.0 58 56.0 174 -1.5 +5.0 517 177
AMK 20 80/90 A 81 157 104.0 58 56.0 183 -1.5 +5.0 573 177
90 B/100 81 196 104.0 58 56.0 202 -1.5 +5.0 615 177
63/71 87 140 91.4 51 62.5 161 +12 +5.5 512 172
AME 10
80/90 A 87 157 91.4 51 62.5 170 +12 +5.5 568 172
63/71 87 140 104.0 58 62.5 174 +5.0 +5.5 523 183
AME 20 80/90 A 87 157 104.0 58 62.5 183 +5.0 +5.5 579 183
DRS 125 90 B/100 87 196 104.0 58 62.5 202 +5.0 +5.5 621 183
63/71 87 160 129.2 75 62.5 209 -13 -13 531 191
80/90 A 87 160 129.2 75 62.5 209 -13 -13 587 191
AMK 30
90 B/100 87 196 129.2 75 62.5 227 -13 -13 629 191
112/132 87 260 129.2 75 62.5 259 -13 -13 771 191
63/71 104 140 104.0 58 80.0 174 23 +11 540 200
AME 20 80/90 A 104 157 104.0 58 80.0 183 +23 +11 596 200
90 B/100 104 196 104.0 58 80.0 202 +23 +11 638 200
63/71 104 160 129.2 75 80.0 209 +5.0 +11 548 208
80/90 A 104 157 129.2 75 80.0 209 +5.0 +11 604 208
AME 30
DRS 160 90 B/100 104 196 129.2 75 80.0 227 +5.0 +11 646 208
112/132 104 260 129.2 75 80.0 259 +5.0 +11 788 208
63/71 104 160 148.0 90 80.0 228 -10 +5.0 557 217
80/90 A 104 160 148.0 90 80.0 228 -10 +5.0 613 217
AMK 40
90 B/100 104 196 148.0 90 80.0 246 -10 +5.0 655 217
112/132 104 260 148.0 90 80.0 278 -10 +5.0 797 217
63/71 114 157 129.2 75 100.0 209 +25 +15 558 218
80/90 A 114 157 129.2 75 100.0 209 +25 +15 614 218
AME 30
90 B/100 114 196 129.2 75 100.0 227 +25 +15 656 218
112/132 114 260 129.2 75 100.0 259 +25 +15 798 218
DRS 200
63/71 114 160 148.0 90 100.0 228 +10 +15 567 227
80/90 A 114 160 148.0 90 100.0 228 +10 +15 623 227
AME 40
90 B/100 114 196 148.0 90 100.0 246 +10 +15 665 227
112/132 114 260 148.0 90 100.0 278 +10 +15 807 227
203352_3a_enGB_080812

20335044_013

1) Gearbox housing obstacle edge


2) Torque bracket obstacle edge
3) Max. height: Wheel block/gearbox (motor), terminal box not taken into account.
84 4) For further dimensions of the motor, see section 3.22
3.18.1.2 DRS 200 with A 50, 2/3-stage direct input

3
43427144.eps

Dimensions of travel wheel types A,B,D shown; for travel wheel dimensions of types E,F,C see section 3.1

Wheel Gearbox Motor Dimensions [mm]


block b5 g2 h1 h2 h21 h22 x1 x1 LG sG
ZB. 1) 2)
80/90 A 98 250 178.0 115 100.0 303 -15 +15 628 231
90 B/100 98 250 178.0 115 100.0 303 -15 +15 670 231
DRS 200 ADK 50
112/132 98 260 178.0 115 100.0 308 -15 +15 812 231
160/180 A 98 276 178.0 115 100.0 335 -15 +15 918 231
20335044_014
203352_3a_enGB_080812

1) Gearbox housing obstacle edge


2) Torque bracket obstacle edge
3) Max. height: Wheel block/gearbox (motor), terminal box not taken into account.
4) For further dimensions of the motor, see section 3.22 85
3.18.2 DRS 250 – 500 wheel block with offset gearbox and ZB. motor

3.18.2.1 DRS 250 – 500 with A 40 – A 90, 2/3-stage direct input


3

43427244.eps

Dimensions of travel wheel types A,B,D shown; for travel wheel dimensions of type E see section 3.2

Wheel Gearbox Motor Dimensions [mm]


block b5 g2 h1 h2 h21 h22 x1 x1 LG sG
ZB. 1) 2)
63/71 108 160 148 90 125.0 228 +35 +20 564 223
80/90 A 108 160 148 90 125.0 228 +35 +20 620 223
ADE 40
90 B/100 108 196 148 90 125.0 246 +35 +20 662 223
112/132 108 260 148 90 125.0 278 +35 +20 804 223
80/90 A 108 250 178 115 125.0 303 +10 +20 638 241
90 B/100 108 250 178 115 125.0 303 +10 +20 680 241
DRS 250 ADE 50
112/132 108 260 178 115 125.0 308 +10 +20 822 241
160/180A 108 276 178 115 125.0 335 +10 +20 928 241
80/90 A 108 250 218 140 125.0 344 -15 +20 662 266
90 B/100 108 250 218 140 125.0 344 -15 +20 704 266
ADK 60
112/132 108 260 218 140 125.0 348 -15 +20 846 266
160/180A 108 276 218 140 125.0 375 -15 +20 953 266
80/90 A 130 250 178 115 157.5 303 +43 +30 660 263
90 B/100 130 250 178 115 157.5 303 +43 +30 702 263
ADE 50
112/132 130 260 178 115 157.5 308 +43 +30 844 263
160/180A 130 276 178 115 157.5 335 +43 +30 950 263
80/90 A 130 250 218 140 157.5 344 +18 +30 684 288
90 B/100 130 250 218 140 157.5 344 +18 +30 726 288
DRS 315 ADE 60
112/132 130 260 218 140 157.5 348 +18 +30 868 288
160/180A 130 276 218 140 157.5 375 +18 +30 975 288
80/90 A 130 205 272 165 157.5 396 -7.5 +30 729 324
90 B/100 130 205 272 165 157.5 396 -7.5 +30 771 324
ADK 70
112/132 130 260 272 165 157.5 402 -7.5 +30 913 324
160/180A 130 276 272 165 157.5 429 -7.5 +30 1020 324
203352_3a_enGB_080812

1) Gearbox housing obstacle edge


2) Torque bracket obstacle edge
3) Max. height: Wheel block/gearbox (motor), terminal box not taken into account.
86 4) For further dimensions of the motor, see section 3.22
Wheel Gearbox Motor Dimensions [mm]
block b5 g2 h1 h2 h21 h22 x1 x1 LG sG
ZB. 1) 2)
80/90 A 154 250 218 140 200.0 344 +60 +55 708 312
90 B/100 154 250 218 140 200.0 344 +60 +55 750 312
ADE 60
112/132 154 260 218 140 200.0 348 +60 +55 892 312
160/180A 154 276 218 140 200.0 375 +60 +55 999 312
80/90 A 154 205 272 165 200.0 396 +35 +55 753 348
90 B/100 154 205 272 165 200.0 396 +35 +55 795 348
ADE 70
112/132 154 260 272 165 200.0 402 +35 +55 937 348
DRS 400
160/180A 154 276 272 165 200.0 429 +35 +55 1044 348
80/90 A 154 240 328 200 200.0 474 0 +55 775 374
90 B/100 154 240 328 200 200.0 474 0 +55 817 374
112/132 154 260 328 200 200.0 474 0 +55 959 374
ADK 80
160/180A 154 276 328 200 200.0 485 0 +55 1065 374
180B/200 154 347 328 200 200.0 525 0 +55 1192 374

3
225 154 373 328 200 200.0 548 0 +55 1239 374
80/90 A 174 205 272 165 250.0 396 +85 +82 773 368
90 B/100 174 205 272 165 250.0 396 +85 +82 815 368
ADE 70
112/132 174 260 272 165 250.0 402 +85 +82 957 368
160/180A 174 276 272 165 250.0 429 +85 +82 1064 368
80/90 A 174 240 328 200 250.0 474 +50 +82 795 394
90 B/100 174 240 328 200 250.0 474 +50 +82 837 394
112/132 174 260 328 200 250.0 474 +50 +82 979 394
ADE 80
DRS 500 160/180A 174 276 328 200 250.0 485 +50 +82 1085 394
180B/200 174 347 328 200 250.0 525 +50 +82 1212 394
225 174 373 328 200 250.0 548 +50 +82 1259 394
90 B/100 174 280 395 240 250.0 564 +10 +82 860 421
112/132 174 280 395 240 250.0 564 +10 +82 1002 421
AUK 90 160/180A 174 280 395 240 250.0 564 +10 +82 1109 421
180B/200 174 347 395 240 250.0 592 +10 +82 1235 421
225 174 373 395 240 250.0 615 +10 +82 1282 421
20335044_015
203352_3a_enGB_080812

1) Gearbox housing obstacle edge


2) Torque bracket obstacle edge 87
3.19 Dimensions of travel drive with angular geared motor, direct input
3.19.1 DRS 112 – 200 wheel block with angular gearbox and ZB. motor
3.19.1.1 DRS 112 – 200 with W 10 – W 50, 2/3-stage direct input
3

43425544.eps

Dimensions of travel wheel types A,B,D shown; for travel wheel dimensions of types E,F,C see section 3.1

Wheel Gearbox Motor Dimensions [mm]


block b5 b6 b7 h1 h21 h22 x1 x1 LG LV sG sV
ZB. 1) 2)
63/71 81 198 208 21.3 56.0 101 -9.0 -16 494 – 139 –
WU. 10
80/90 A 81 198 217 21.3 56.0 101 -9.0 -16 550 – 139 –
DRS 112 63/71 81 218 218 24.5 56.0 110 -24 -16 510 572 154 217
WU. 20 80/90 A 81 218 227 24.5 56.0 110 -24 -16 566 628 154 217
90 B/100 81 218 246 24.5 56.0 123 -24 -16 609 – 154 –
63/71 87 204 214 21.3 62.5 101 -2.5 -18 494 – 139 –
WU. 10
80/90 A 87 204 223 21.3 62.5 101 -2.5 -18 550 – 139 –
63/71 87 224 224 24.5 62.5 110 -18 -18 510 572 154 217
WU. 20 80/90 A 87 224 233 24.5 62.5 110 -18 -18 566 628 154 217
DRS 125
90 B/100 87 224 252 24.5 62.5 123 -18 -18 609 – 154 –
63/71 87 244 234 27.5 62.5 104 -28 -18 530 593 175 237
WU. 30 80/90 A 87 244 243 27.5 62.5 106 -28 -18 586 649 175 237
90 B/100 87 244 262 27.5 62.5 126 -28 -18 629 – 175 –
63/71 104 241 241 24.5 80.0 110 0 -2.0 510 572 154 217
WU. 20 80/90 A 104 241 250 24.5 80.0 110 0 -2.0 566 628 154 217
90 B/100 104 241 269 24.5 80.0 123 0 -2.0 609 – 154 –
63/71 104 261 251 27.5 80.0 107 -10 -2.0 530 593 175 237
WU. 30 80/90 A 104 261 260 27.5 80.0 126 -10 -2.0 586 649 175 237
DRS 160
90 B/100 104 261 279 27.5 80.0 126 -10 -2.0 629 – 175 –
63/71 104 291 266 28.6 80.0 109 -25 -2.0 550 621 195 265
80/90 A 104 291 274 28.6 80.0 112 -25 -2.0 606 677 195 265
WU. 40
90 B/100 104 291 294 28.6 80.0 127 -25 -2.0 649 – 195 –
112/132 104 291 326 28.6 80.0 159 -25 -2.0 791 – 195 –
63/71 114 271 261 27.5 100.0 138 +10 -5.0 530 593 175 237
WU. 30 80/90 A 114 271 270 27.5 100.0 138 +10 -5.0 586 649 175 237
90 B/100 114 271 289 27.5 100.0 138 +10 -5.0 629 – 175 –
63/71 114 301 276 28.6 100.0 138 -5.0 -5.0 550 621 195 265
80/90 A 114 301 284 28.6 100.0 138 -5.0 -5.0 606 677 195 265
DRS 200 WU. 40
90 B/100 114 301 304 28.6 100.0 138 -5.0 -5.0 649 – 195 –
112/132 114 301 336 28.6 100.0 159 -5.0 -5.0 791 – 195 –
80/90 A 114 326 297 33.3 100.0 138 -20 -5.0 639 709 228 709
WU. 50 90 B/100 114 326 316 33.3 100.0 139 -20 -5.0 682 – 228 –
112/132 114 326 348 33.3 100.0 163 -20 -5.0 824 – 228 –
20335044_005
203352_3a_enGB_080812

1) Gearbox housing obstacle edge


2) Torque bracket obstacle edge
3) Max. height: Wheel block/gearbox (motor), terminal box not taken into account.
4) Max. width: Centre of wheel block/gearbox (motor), terminal box not taken into account.
88 5) For further dimensions of the motor, see section 3.22
3.19.1.2 DRS 200 with W 60, 3/4-stage direct input

Gearbox type: Foot at bottom

3
Gearbox type: Foot at top
The foot at top type partly offers greater ground clearance

43425644.eps

Dimensions of travel wheel types A,B,D shown; for travel wheel dimensions of types E,F,C see section 3.1

Wheel Gearbox Motor Dimensions [mm]


block b5 b6 b7 h1 h21 h22 h23 x1 x1 x11 x11 LG LV sG sV
ZB. TD QD 1) 2) 1) 2)
63/71 98 332 283 11.5 54.5 100 107 205 -105 +15 +85 +5.0 – 663 – 308
80/90 A 98 332 292 11.5 54.5 100 138 205 -105 +15 -7.0 +5.0 609 719 203 308
DRS 200 WU. 60 90 B/100 98 332 311 11.5 54.5 100 138 205 -105 +15 -7.0 +5.0 651 762 203 308
112/132 98 332 343 11.5 – 100 138 205 -105 +15 -7.0 -19 793 – 203 –
160/180 A 98 332 370 11.5 – 100 138 205 -105 +15 -7.0 -27 899 – 203 –
20335044_006
203352_3a_enGB_080812

1) Gearbox housing obstacle edge


2) Torque bracket obstacle edge
3) Max. height: Wheel block/gearbox (motor), terminal box not taken into account.
4) Max. width: Centre of wheel block/gearbox (motor), terminal box not taken into account.
5) For further dimensions of the motor, see section 3.22 89
3.19.2 DRS 250 – 500 wheel block with angular gearbox and ZB. motor

3.19.2.1 DRS 250 – 315 with W 40 – W 50, 2/3-stage direct input

Gearbox type: Foot at bottom


3

Gearbox type: Foot at top


The foot at top type partly offers greater ground clearance

43424444.eps

Dimensions of travel wheel types A,B,D shown; for travel wheel dimensions of type E see section 3.2

Wheel Gearbox Motor Dimensions [mm]


block b5 b6 b7 h1 h21 h22 h23 x1 x1 x11 x11 LG LV sG sV
ZB. 1) 2) 1) 2)
63/71 108 295 270 28.6 125.0 156 156 +20 +20 +16 +20 550 621 195 265
80/90 A 108 295 278 28.6 125.0 156 156 +20 +20 +13 +20 606 677 195 265
WU. 40
90 B/100 108 295 298 28.6 125.0 156 156 +20 +20 -1.6 +20 649 – 195 –
112/132 108 295 330 28.6 125.0 159 156 +20 +20 -34 +20 791 – 195 –
DRS 250
80/90 A 108 320 291 33.3 125.0 156 156 +5.0 +20 -11 +20 639 709 228 297
90 B/100 108 320 310 33.3 125.0 156 156 +5.0 +20 -14 +20 682 – 228 –
WU. 50
112/132 108 320 342 33.3 125.0 163 156 +5.0 +20 -38 +20 824 – 228 –
160/180 A 108 320 369 33.3 125.0 190 156 +5.0 +20 -46 +20 931 – 228 –
80/90 A 130 342 313 33.3 157.5 192 192 +38 +30 +21 +30 639 719 228 297
90B/100 130 342 332 33.3 157.5 192 192 +38 +30 +18 +30 682 762 228 297
DRS 315 WU. 50
112/132 130 342 364 33.3 157.5 192 192 +38 +30 -5.8 +30 824 – 228 –
160/180 A 130 342 391 33.3 157.5 192 192 +38 +30 -14 +30 931 – 228 –
20335044_001
203352_3a_enGB_080812

1) Gearbox housing obstacle edge


2) Torque bracket obstacle edge
3) Max. height: Wheel block/gearbox (motor), terminal box not taken into account.
4) Max. width: Centre of wheel block/gearbox (motor), terminal box not taken into account.
90 5) For further dimensions of the motor, see section 3.22
203352_3a_enGB_080812

91
3
3.19.2.2 DRS 250 – 500 with W 60 – W 100, 3/4-stage direct input

Gearbox type: Foot at bottom


3

Gearbox type: Foot at top


The foot at top type partly offers greater ground clearance

43424944.eps
Dimensions of travel wheel types A,B,D shown; for travel wheel dimensions of type E see section 3.2.

Wheel Gearbox Motor Dimensions [mm]


block b5 b6 b7 h1 h21 h22 h23 x1 x1 x11 x11 LG LV sG sV
ZB. TD QD 1) 2) 1) 2)
63/71 108 342 293 11.5 54.5 125.0 156 205 -80 +20 +18 +20 – 663 – 308
80/90 A 108 342 302 11.5 54.5 125.0 156 205 -80 +20 +18 +20 609 719 203 308
WU. 60 90 B/100 108 342 321 11.5 54.5 125.0 156 205 -80 +20 +18 +20 651 762 203 308
112/132 108 342 353 11.5 54.5 125.0 156 205 -80 +20 +6.5 +20 793 – 203 –
160/180 A 108 342 380 11.5 54.5 125.0 156 205 -80 +20 -21 +20 899 – 203 –
DRS 250 80/90 A 108 382 322 6.0 56.0 125.0 156 245 -120 +40 -3.0 +40 632 755 231 344
90 B/100 108 382 341 6.0 56.0 125.0 156 245 -120 +40 -3.0 +40 674 798 231 344
112/132 108 382 373 6.0 56.0 125.0 156 245 -120 +40 -3.0 +40 816 940 231 344
WU. 70
160/180 A 108 382 400 6.0 56.0 125.0 156 245 -120 +40 -26 +40 922 1047 231 344
180B/200 108 382 440 6.0 56.0 125.0 191 245 -120 +40 -66 +40 1046 – 231 –
225 108 382 463 6.0 56.0 125.0 214 205 -120 +40 -89 +40 1096 – 231 –
203352_3a_enGB_080812

1) Gearbox housing obstacle edge


2) Torque bracket obstacle edge
3) Max. height: Wheel block/gearbox (motor), terminal box not taken into account.
4) Max. width: Centre of wheel block/gearbox (motor), terminal box not taken into account.
92 5) For further dimensions of the motor, see section 3.22
Wheel Gearbox Motor Dimensions [mm]
block b5 b6 b7 h1 h21 h22 h23 x1 x1 x11 x11 LG LV sG sV
ZB. TD QD 1) 2) 1) 2)
63/71 130 364 315 11.5 54.5 157.5 192 205 -48 +30 +51 +30 – 663 – 308
80/90 A 130 364 324 11.5 54.5 157.5 192 205 -48 +30 +51 +30 609 719 203 308
WU. 60 90 B/100 130 364 343 11.5 54.5 157.5 192 205 -48 +30 +51 +30 651 762 203 308
112/132 130 364 375 11.5 54.5 157.5 192 205 -48 +30 +39 +30 793 – 203 –
160/180 A 130 364 402 11.5 54.5 157.5 192 205 -48 +30 +12 +30 899 – 203 –
80/90 A 130 404 344 6.0 56.0 157.5 192 245 -120 +30 +30 +30 632 755 231 344
90 B/100 130 404 363 6.0 56.0 157.5 192 245 -120 +30 +30 +30 674 798 231 344
112/132 130 404 395 6.0 56.0 157.5 192 245 -120 +30 +30 +30 816 940 231 344
WU. 70
DRS 315 160/180 A 130 404 422 6.0 56.0 157.5 192 245 -120 +30 +6.5 +30 922 1047 231 344
180B/200 130 404 462 6.0 56.0 157.5 192 245 -120 +30 -34 +30 1046 – 231 –
225 130 404 485 6.0 56.0 157.5 214 245 -120 +30 -57 +30 1096 – 231 –
80/90 A 130 409 346 32.0 82.0 157.5 192 275 -118 +30 +16 +30 651 775 251 363
90 B/100 130 409 366 32.0 82.0 157.5 192 275 -118 +30 +16 +30 693 818 251 363

3
112/132 130 409 398 32.0 82.0 157.5 192 275 -118 +30 +16 +30 835 960 251 363
WU. 80
160/180 A 130 409 425 32.0 82.0 157.5 192 275 -118 +30 +16 +30 942 1066 251 363
180B/200 130 409 465 32.0 82.0 157.5 192 275 -118 +30 -7.5 +30 1065 – 251 –
225 130 409 488 32.0 82.0 157.5 192 275 -118 +30 -31 +30 1115 – 251 –
80/90 A 154 428 368 6.0 56.0 200.0 240 245 -45 +55 +72 +55 632 755 231 344
90 B/100 154 428 387 6.0 56.0 200.0 240 245 -45 +55 +72 +55 674 798 231 344
112/132 154 428 419 6.0 56.0 200.0 240 245 -45 +55 +72 +55 816 940 231 344
WU. 70
160/180 A 154 428 446 6.0 56.0 200.0 240 245 -45 +55 +49 +55 922 1047 231 344
180B/200 154 428 486 6.0 56.0 200.0 240 245 -45 +55 +9 +55 1046 – 231 –
225 154 428 509 6.0 56.0 200.0 240 245 -45 +55 -14 +55 1096 – 231 –
80/90 A 154 433 370 32.0 82.0 200.0 240 275 -75 +55 +58 +55 651 775 251 363
90 B/100 154 433 390 32.0 82.0 200.0 240 275 -75 +55 +58 +55 693 818 251 363
112/132 154 433 422 32.0 82.0 200.0 240 275 -75 +55 +58 +55 835 960 251 363
DRS 400 WU. 80
160/180 A 154 433 449 32.0 82.0 200.0 240 275 -75 +55 +58 +55 942 1066 251 363
180B/200 154 433 489 32.0 82.0 200.0 240 275 -75 +55 +35 +55 1065 – 251 –
225 154 433 512 32.0 82.0 200.0 240 275 -75 +55 +12 +55 1115 251
80/90 A 154 469 407 32.0 93.0 200.0 240 315 -115 +55 +34 +55 – 827 – 421
90 B/100 154 469 439 32.0 93.0 200.0 240 315 -115 +55 +34 +55 731 869 292 421
112/132 154 469 466 32.0 93.0 200.0 240 315 -115 +55 +34 +55 873 1011 292 421
WU. 90
160/180 A 154 469 506 32.0 93.0 200.0 240 315 -115 +55 +34 +55 980 1117 292 421
180B/200 154 469 529 32.0 93.0 200.0 240 315 -115 +55 +12 +55 1106 – 292 –
225 154 469 388 32.0 93.0 200.0 240 315 -115 +55 +34 +55 1153 – 292 –
80/90 A 174 453 390 32.0 82.0 250.0 316 275 -25 +82 +108 +82 651 775 251 363
90 B/100 174 453 410 32.0 82.0 250.0 316 275 -25 +82 +108 +82 693 818 251 363
112/132 174 453 442 32.0 82.0 250.0 316 275 -25 +82 +108 +82 835 960 251 363
WU. 80
160/180 A 174 453 469 32.0 82.0 250.0 316 275 -25 +82 +108 +82 942 1066 251 363
180B/200 174 453 509 32.0 82.0 250.0 316 275 -25 +82 +85 +82 1065 – 251 –
225 174 453 532 32.0 82.0 250.0 316 275 -25 +82 +62 +82 1115 – 251 –
80/90 A 174 489 427 32.0 93.0 250.0 316 315 -65 +82 +84 +82 – 827 – 421
90 B/100 174 489 459 32.0 93.0 250.0 316 315 -65 +82 +84 +82 731 869 292 421
112/132 174 489 486 32.0 93.0 250.0 316 315 -65 +82 +84 +82 873 1011 292 421
DRS 500 WU. 90
160/180 A 174 489 526 32.0 93.0 250.0 316 315 -65 +82 +84 +82 980 1117 292 421
180B/200 174 489 549 32.0 93.0 250.0 316 315 -65 +82 +62 +82 1106 – 292 –
225 174 489 408 32.0 93.0 250.0 316 315 -65 +82 +84 +82 1153 – 292 –
80/90 A 174 559 443 44.0 122.0 250.0 316 390 -140 +82 +44 +82 – 891 – 491
90 B/100 174 559 462 44.0 122.0 250.0 316 390 -140 +82 +44 +82 – 933 – 491
112/132 174 559 494 44.0 122.0 250.0 316 390 -140 +82 +44 +82 934 1075 352 491
WU. 100
160/180 A 174 559 521 44.0 122.0 250.0 316 390 -140 +82 +44 +82 1040 1182 352 491
180B/200 174 559 561 44.0 122.0 250.0 316 390 -140 +82 +44 +82 1167 – 352 –
225 174 559 584 44.0 122.0 250.0 316 390 -140 +82 +44 +82 1214 – 352 –
20335044_002
203352_3a_enGB_080812

1) Gearbox housing obstacle edge


2) Torque bracket obstacle edge 93
3.20 Dimensions of travel drive with offset geared motor, coupling connection
3.20.1 DRS 112 – 200 wheel block with offset gearbox and KB. motor
3.20.1.1 DRS 112 – 200 with A 10 – A 40, 2/3-stage coupling design
3

43427344.eps

Dimensions of travel wheel types A,B,D shown; for travel wheel dimensions of types E,F,C see section 3.1

Wheel Gearbox Motor Dimensions [mm]


block b5 h1 h2 h21 h22 x1 x1 LG sG
KB. 1) 2)
71 A 81 91.4 51 56.0 161 +5.0 +5.0 495 240
71 B 81 91.4 51 56.0 161 +5.0 +5.0 515 240
AM. 10
80 A 81 91.4 51 56.0 170 +5.0 +5.0 537 240
80 B 81 91.4 51 56.0 170 +5.0 +5.0 552 240
71 A 81 104.0 58 56.0 174 -1.5 +5.0 497 241
DRS 112
71 B 81 104.0 58 56.0 174 -1.5 +5.0 517 241
80 A 81 104.0 58 56.0 183 -1.5 +5.0 539 241
AM. 20
80 B 81 104.0 58 56.0 183 -1.5 +5.0 554 241
90 A 81 104.0 58 56.0 193 -1.5 +5.0 570 241
90 B 81 104.0 58 56.0 193 -1.5 +5.0 586 241
71 A 87 91.4 51 62.5 161 +12 +5.5 501 246
71 B 87 91.4 51 62.5 161 +12 +5.5 521 246
AM. 10
80 A 87 91.4 51 62.5 170 +12 +5.5 543 246
80 B 87 91.4 51 62.5 170 +12 +5.5 558 246
71 A 87 104.0 58 62.5 174 +5.0 +5.5 503 247
71 B 87 104.0 58 62.5 174 +5.0 +5.5 523 247
80 A 87 104.0 58 62.5 183 +5.0 +5.5 545 247
AM. 20
80 B 87 104.0 58 62.5 183 +5.0 +5.5 560 247
90 A 87 104.0 58 62.5 193 +5.0 +5.5 576 247
DRS 125
90 B 87 104.0 58 62.5 193 +5.0 +5.5 592 247
71 A 87 129.2 75 62.5 209 -13 -12.5 518 258
71 B 87 129.2 75 62.5 209 -13 -12.5 538 258
80 A 87 129.2 75 62.5 209 -13 -12.5 560 258
80 B 87 129.2 75 62.5 209 -13 -12.5 575 258
AM. 30
90 A 87 129.2 75 62.5 218 -13 -12.5 591 258
90 B 87 129.2 75 62.5 218 -13 -12.5 607 258
100 A 87 129.2 75 62.5 227 -13 -12.5 627 258
100 B 87 129.2 75 62.5 227 -13 -12.5 644 258
71 A 104 104.0 58 80.0 174 +23 +11 520 264
71 B 104 104.0 58 80.0 174 +23 +11 540 264
80 A 104 104.0 58 80.0 183 +23 +11 562 264
AM. 20
80 B 104 104.0 58 80.0 183 +23 +11 577 264
90 A 104 104.0 58 80.0 193 +23 +11 593 264
90 B 104 104.0 58 80.0 193 +23 +11 609 264
71 A 104 129.2 75 80.0 209 +5.0 +11 535 275
DRS 160
71 B 104 129.2 75 80.0 209 +5.0 +11 555 275
80 A 104 129.2 75 80.0 209 +5.0 +11 577 275
80 B 104 129.2 75 80.0 209 +5.0 +11 592 275
AM. 30
90 A 104 129.2 75 80.0 218 +5.0 +11 608 275
203352_3b-4_enGB_080812

90 B 104 129.2 75 80.0 218 +5.0 +11 624 275


100 A 104 129.2 75 80.0 227 +5.0 +11 644 275
100 B 104 129.2 75 80.0 227 +5.0 +11 661 275

1) Gearbox housing obstacle edge


2) Torque bracket obstacle edge
3) Max. height: Wheel block/gearbox (motor), terminal box not taken into account.
94 4) For further dimensions of the motor, see section 3.23
Wheel Gearbox Motor Dimensions [mm]
block b5 h1 h2 h21 h22 x1 x1 LG sG
KB. 1) 2)
71 A 104 148.0 90 80.0 228 -10 +5.0 538 278
71 B 104 148.0 90 80.0 228 -10 +5.0 558 278
80 A 104 148.0 90 80.0 228 -10 +5.0 580 278
80 B 104 148.0 90 80.0 228 -10 +5.0 595 278
DRS 160 AM. 40 90 A 104 148.0 90 80.0 237 -10 +5.0 611 278
90 B 104 148.0 90 80.0 237 -10 +5.0 627 278
100 A 104 148.0 90 80.0 246 -10 +5.0 647 278
100 B 104 148.0 90 80.0 246 -10 +5.0 664 278
71 A 114 129.2 75 100.0 209 +25 +15 545 285
71 B 114 129.2 75 100.0 209 +25 +15 565 285
80 A 114 129.2 75 100.0 209 +25 +15 587 285
80 B 114 129.2 75 100.0 209 +25 +15 602 285
AM. 30
90 A 114 129.2 75 100.0 218 +25 +15 618 285
90 B 114 129.2 75 100.0 218 +25 +15 634 285
100 A 114 129.2 75 100.0 227 +25 +15 654 285
100 B 114 129.2 75 100.0 227 +25 +15 671 285
DRS 200

3
71 A 114 148.0 90 100.0 228 +10 +15 548 288
71 B 114 148.0 90 100.0 228 +10 +15 568 288
80 A 114 148.0 90 100.0 228 +10 +15 590 288
80 B 114 148.0 90 100.0 228 +10 +15 605 288
A.. 40
90 A 114 148.0 90 100.0 237 +10 +15 621 288
90 B 114 148.0 90 100.0 237 +10 +15 637 288
100 A 114 148.0 90 100.0 246 +10 +15 657 288
100 B 114 148.0 90 100.0 246 +10 +15 674 288
20335044_016

3.20.1.2 DRS 200 with A 50, 2/3-stage coupling design

43427444.eps
Dimensions of travel wheel types A,B,D shown; for travel wheel dimensions of types E,F,C see section 3.1
Wheel Gearbox Motor Dimensions [mm]
block b5 h1 h2 h21 h22 x1 x1 LG sG
KB. 1) 2)
71 A 98 178 115 100 303 -15 +15 574 317
71 B 98 178 115 100 303 -15 +15 594 317
80 A 98 178 115 100 303 -15 +15 617 317
80 B 98 178 115 100 303 -15 +15 632 317
90 A 98 178 115 100 303 -15 +15 647 317
90 B 98 178 115 100 303 -15 +15 663 317
DRS 200 AD. 50 100 A 98 178 115 100 303 -15 +15 683 317
100 B 98 178 115 100 303 -15 +15 700 317
112 A 98 178 115 100 303 -15 +15 720 317
112 B 98 178 115 100 303 -15 +15 739 317
125 A 98 178 115 100 303 -15 +15 771 317
203352_3b-4_enGB_080812

125 B 98 178 115 100 303 -15 +15 795 317


140 A/B 98 178 115 100 315 -15 +15 863 317
20335044_017

1) Gearbox housing obstacle edge


2) Torque bracket obstacle edge
3) Max. height: Wheel block/gearbox (motor), terminal box not taken into account.
4) For further dimensions of the motor, see section 3.23 95
3.20.2 DRS 250 – 500 wheel block with offset gearbox and KB. motor
3.20.2.1 DRS 250 – 315 with A 40 – A 60, 2/3-stage coupling design
3

43427544.eps

Dimensions of travel wheel types A,B,D shown; for travel wheel dimensions of type E see section 3.2.

Wheel Gearbox Motor Dimensions [mm]


block b5 h1 h2 h21 h22 x1 x1 LG sG
KB. 1) 2)
71 A 108 148 90 125.0 228 +35 +20 544 284
71 B 108 148 90 125.0 228 +35 +20 564 284
80 A 108 148 90 125.0 228 +35 +20 587 284
80 B 108 148 90 125.0 228 +35 +20 602 284
A.. 40
90 A 108 148 90 125.0 237 +35 +20 617 284
90 B 108 148 90 125.0 237 +35 +20 633 284
100 A 108 148 90 125.0 246 +35 +20 653 284
100 B 108 148 90 125.0 246 +35 +20 670 284
71 A 108 178 115 125.0 303 +10 +20 584 327
71 B 108 178 115 125.0 303 +10 +20 604 327
80 A 108 178 115 125.0 303 +10 +20 627 327
80 B 108 178 115 125.0 303 +10 +20 642 327
90 A 108 178 115 125.0 303 +10 +20 657 327
90 B 108 178 115 125.0 303 +10 +20 673 327
AD. 50 100 A 108 178 115 125.0 303 +10 +20 693 327
100 B 108 178 115 125.0 303 +10 +20 710 327
112 A 108 178 115 125.0 303 +10 +20 730 327
DRS 250
112 B 108 178 115 125.0 303 +10 +20 749 327
125 A 108 178 115 125.0 303 +10 +20 781 327
125 B 108 178 115 125.0 303 +10 +20 805 327
140 A/B 108 178 115 125.0 315 +10 +20 873 327
71 A 108 218 140 125.0 344 -15 +20 611 351
71 B 108 218 140 125.0 344 -15 +20 631 351
80 A 108 218 140 125.0 344 -15 +20 654 351
80 B 108 218 140 125.0 344 -15 +20 669 351
90 A 108 218 140 125.0 344 -15 +20 684 351
90 B 108 218 140 125.0 344 -15 +20 700 351
AD. 60 100 A 108 218 140 125.0 344 -15 +20 720 351
100 B 108 218 140 125.0 344 -15 +20 737 351
112 A 108 218 140 125.0 344 -15 +20 757 351
112 B 108 218 140 125.0 344 -15 +20 776 351
125 A 108 218 140 125.0 344 -15 +20 808 351
125 B 108 218 140 125.0 344 -15 +20 832 351
140 A/B 108 218 140 125.0 355 -15 +20 900 351
203352_3b-4_enGB_080812

1) Gearbox housing obstacle edge


2) Torque bracket obstacle edge
3) Max. height: Wheel block/gearbox (motor), terminal box not taken into account.
96 4) For further dimensions of the motor, see section 3.23
Wheel Gearbox Motor Dimensions [mm]
block b5 h1 h2 h21 h22 x1 x1 LG sG
KB. 1) 2)
71 A 130 178 115 157.5 303 +43 +30 606 349
71 B 130 178 115 157.5 303 +43 +30 626 349
80 A 130 178 115 157.5 303 +43 +30 649 349
80 B 130 178 115 157.5 303 +43 +30 664 349
90 A 130 178 115 157.5 303 +43 +30 679 349
90 B 130 178 115 157.5 303 +43 +30 695 349
AD. 50 100 A 130 178 115 157.5 303 +43 +30 715 349
100 B 130 178 115 157.5 303 +43 +30 732 349
112 A 130 178 115 157.5 303 +43 +30 752 349
112 B 130 178 115 157.5 303 +43 +30 771 349
125 A 130 178 115 157.5 303 +43 +30 803 349
125 B 130 178 115 157.5 303 +43 +30 827 349
140 A/B 130 178 115 157.5 315 +43 +30 895 349

3
DRS 315
71 A 130 218 140 157.5 344 +18 +30 633 373
71 B 130 218 140 157.5 344 +18 +30 653 373
80 A 130 218 140 157.5 344 +18 +30 676 373
80 B 130 218 140 157.5 344 +18 +30 691 373
90 A 130 218 140 157.5 344 +18 +30 706 373
90 B 130 218 140 157.5 344 +18 +30 722 373
AD. 60 100 A 130 218 140 157.5 344 +18 +30 742 373
100 B 130 218 140 157.5 344 +18 +30 759 373
112 A 130 218 140 157.5 344 +18 +30 779 373
112 B 130 218 140 157.5 344 +18 +30 798 373
125 A 130 218 140 157.5 344 +18 +30 830 373
125 B 130 218 140 157.5 344 +18 +30 854 373
140 A/B 130 218 140 157.5 355 +18 +30 922 373
20335044_018
203352_3b-4_enGB_080812

1) Gearbox housing obstacle edge


2) Torque bracket obstacle edge 97
3.20.2.2 DRS 315 – 400 with A 60 – A 80, 2/3-stage coupling design

AD 60 2/3-stage
3

AD 70 – AD 80 2/3-stage

43427744.eps

Dimensions of travel wheel types A,B,D shown; for travel wheel dimensions of type E see section 3.2.
203352_3b-4_enGB_080812

3) Max. height: Wheel block/gearbox (motor), terminal box not taken into account.
98 4) For further dimensions of the motor, see section 3.23
Wheel Gearbox Motor Dimensions [mm]
block b5 h1 h2 h21 h22 x1 x1 LG sG
KB. 1) 2)
71 A 130 272 165 157.5 396 -7.5 +30 743 485
71 B 130 272 165 157.5 396 -7.5 +30 763 485
80 A 130 272 165 157.5 396 -7.5 +30 786 485
80 B 130 272 165 157.5 396 -7.5 +30 801 485
90 A 130 272 165 157.5 396 -7.5 +30 816 485
90 B 130 272 165 157.5 396 -7.5 +30 832 485
100 A 130 272 165 157.5 396 -7.5 +30 852 485
DRS 315 AD. 70
100 B 130 272 165 157.5 396 -7.5 +30 869 485
112 A 130 272 165 157.5 422 -7.5 +30 891 485
112 B 130 272 165 157.5 422 -7.5 +30 910 485
125 A 130 272 165 157.5 422 -7.5 +30 943 485
125 B 130 272 165 157.5 422 -7.5 +30 967 485

3
140 A/B 130 272 165 157.5 422 -7.5 +30 1034 485
160 B 130 272 165 157.5 429 -7.5 +30 1145 485
71 A 154 218 140 200.0 344 +60 +154 657 397
71 B 154 218 140 200.0 344 +60 +154 677 397
80 A 154 218 140 200.0 344 +60 +154 700 397
80 B 154 218 140 200.0 344 +60 +154 715 397
90 A 154 218 140 200.0 344 +60 +154 730 397
90 B 154 218 140 200.0 344 +60 +154 746 397
AD. 60 100 A 154 218 140 200.0 344 +60 +154 766 397
100 B 154 218 140 200.0 344 +60 +154 783 397
112 A 154 218 140 200.0 344 +60 +154 803 397
112 B 154 218 140 200.0 344 +60 +154 822 397
125 A 154 218 140 200.0 344 +60 +154 854 397
125 B 154 218 140 200.0 344 +60 +154 878 397
140 A/B 154 218 140 200.0 355 +60 +154 946 397
71 A 154 272 165 200.0 396 +35 +154 767 509
71 B 154 272 165 200.0 396 +35 +154 787 509
80 A 154 272 165 200.0 396 +35 +154 810 509
80 B 154 272 165 200.0 396 +35 +154 825 509
90 A 154 272 165 200.0 396 +35 +154 840 509
90 B 154 272 165 200.0 396 +35 +154 856 509
100 A 154 272 165 200.0 396 +35 +154 876 509
AD. 70 100 B 154 272 165 200.0 396 +35 +154 893 509
DRS 400 112 A 154 272 165 200.0 422 +35 +154 915 509
112 B 154 272 165 200.0 422 +35 +154 934 509
125 A 154 272 165 200.0 422 +35 +154 967 509
125 B 154 272 165 200.0 422 +35 +154 991 509
140 A/B 154 272 165 200.0 422 +35 +154 1058 509
160 B 154 272 165 200.0 429 +35 +154 1169 509
80 A 154 328 200 200.0 474 0 +154 831 531
80 B 154 328 200 200.0 474 0 +154 846 531
90 A 154 328 200 200.0 474 0 +154 861 531
90 B 154 328 200 200.0 474 0 +154 877 531
100 A 154 328 200 200.0 474 0 +154 897 531
100 B 154 328 200 200.0 474 0 +154 914 531
112 A 154 328 200 200.0 503 0 +154 1012 606
AD. 80
112 B 154 328 200 200.0 503 0 +154 1031 606
125 A 154 328 200 200.0 503 0 +154 1064 606
125 B 154 328 200 200.0 503 0 +154 1088 606
140 A/B 154 328 200 200.0 503 0 +154 1155 606
160 B 154 328 200 200.0 503 0 +154 1266 606
180 B 154 328 200 200.0 505 0 +154 1343 606
200 B 154 328 200 200.0 525 0 +154 1422 606
20335044_019
203352_3b-4_enGB_080812

1) Gearbox housing obstacle edge


2) Torque bracket obstacle edge 99
3.20.2.3 DRS 500 with A 70 – A 90, 2/3-stage coupling design
3

43427844.eps

Dimensions of travel wheel types A,B,D shown; for travel wheel dimensions of type E see section 3.2.

Wheel Gearbox Motor Dimensions [mm]


block b5 h1 h2 h21 h22 x1 x1 LG sG
KB. 1) 2)
71 A 174 272 165 250 396 +85 +82 787 529
71 B 174 272 165 250 396 +85 +82 807 529
80 A 174 272 165 250 396 +85 +82 830 529
80 B 174 272 165 250 396 +85 +82 845 529
90 A 174 272 165 250 396 +85 +82 860 529
90 B 174 272 165 250 396 +85 +82 876 529
100 A 174 272 165 250 396 +85 +82 896 529
AD. 70
100 B 174 272 165 250 396 +85 +82 913 529
112 A 174 272 165 250 422 +85 +82 935 529
112 B 174 272 165 250 422 +85 +82 954 529
125 A 174 272 165 250 422 +85 +82 987 529
125 B 174 272 165 250 422 +85 +82 1011 529
140 A/B 174 272 165 250 422 +85 +82 1078 529
160 B 174 272 165 250 429 +85 +82 1189 529
80 A 174 328 200 250 474 +50 +82 851 551
80 B 174 328 200 250 474 +50 +82 866 551
90 A 174 328 200 250 474 +50 +82 881 551
90 B 174 328 200 250 474 +50 +82 897 551
100 A 174 328 200 250 474 +50 +82 917 551
DRS 500 100 B 174 328 200 250 474 +50 +82 934 551
112 A 174 328 200 250 503 +50 +82 1032 626
AD. 80 112 B 174 328 200 250 503 +50 +82 1051 626
125 A 174 328 200 250 503 +50 +82 1084 626
125 B 174 328 200 250 503 +50 +82 1108 626
140 A/B 174 328 200 250 503 +50 +82 1175 626
160 B 174 328 200 250 503 +50 +82 1286 626
180 B 174 328 200 250 505 +50 +82 1363 626
200 B 174 328 200 250 525 +50 +82 1442 626
112 A 174 395 240 250 586 +10 +82 1056 650
112 B 174 395 240 250 586 +10 +82 1075 650
125 A 174 395 240 250 586 +10 +82 1107 650
125 B 174 395 240 250 586 +10 +82 1131 650
AUK 90 140 A/B 174 395 240 250 586 +10 +82 1199 650
160 B 174 395 240 250 603 +10 +82 1309 650
180 B 174 395 240 250 603 +10 +82 1386 650
203352_3b-4_enGB_080812

200 B 174 395 240 250 603 +10 +82 1465 650
225 B 174 395 240 250 615 +10 +82 1505 650
20335044_020

1) Gearbox housing obstacle edge


2) Torque bracket obstacle edge
3) Max. height: Wheel block/gearbox (motor), terminal box not taken into account.
100 4) For further dimensions of the motor, see section 3.23
203352_3b-4_enGB_080812

101
3
3.21 Dimensions of travel drive with angular geared motor, coupling connection
3.21.1 DRS 112 – 200 wheel block with angular gearbox and KB. motor
3.21.1.1 DRS 112 – 200 with W 10 – W 50, 2/3-stage coupling design
3

43425344.eps

Dimensions of travel wheel types A,B,D shown; for travel wheel dimensions of types E,F,C see section 3.1

Wheel Gearbox Motor Dimensions [mm]


block b5 b6 b7 h1 h21 h22 x1 x1 LG LV sG sV
KB. 1) 2)
71 A 81 198 208 21.3 56.0 103 -9.0 -18 541 – 286 –
71 B 81 198 208 21.3 56.0 103 -9.0 -18 561 – 286 –
WU. 10
80 A 81 198 217 21.3 56.0 103 -9.0 -18 584 – 286 –
80 B 81 198 217 21.3 56.0 103 -9.0 -18 599 – 286 –
71 A 81 218 218 24.5 56.0 111 -24 -18 556 618 300 363
DRS 112
71 B 81 218 218 24.5 56.0 111 -24 -18 576 638 300 363
80 A 81 218 227 24.5 56.0 111 -24 -18 599 661 300 363
WU. 20
80 B 81 218 227 24.5 56.0 111 -24 -18 614 676 300 363
90 A 81 218 237 24.5 56.0 114 -24 -18 631 – 300 –
90 B 81 218 237 24.5 56.0 114 -24 -18 647 – 300 –
71 A 87 204 214 21.3 62.5 103 -2.5 -13 541 – 286 –
71 B 87 204 214 21.3 62.5 103 -2.5 -13 561 – 286 –
WU. 10
80 A 87 204 223 21.3 62.5 103 -2.5 -13 584 – 286 –
80 B 87 204 223 21.3 62.5 103 -2.5 -13 599 – 286 –
71 A 87 224 224 24.5 62.5 111 -18 -13 556 618 300 363
71 B 87 224 224 24.5 62.5 111 -18 -13 576 638 300 363
80 A 87 224 233 24.5 62.5 111 -18 -13 599 661 300 363
WU. 20
80 B 87 224 233 24.5 62.5 111 -18 -13 614 676 300 363
90 A 87 224 243 24.5 62.5 114 -18 -13 631 – 300 –
DRS 125
90 B 87 224 243 24.5 62.5 114 -18 -13 647 – 300 –
71 A 87 244 234 27.5 62.5 120 -28 -13 576 639 317 379
71 B 87 244 234 27.5 62.5 120 -28 -13 596 659 317 379
80 A 87 244 243 27.5 62.5 120 -28 -13 619 682 317 379
80 B 87 244 243 27.5 62.5 120 -28 -13 634 697 317 379
WU. 30
90 A 87 244 253 27.5 62.5 120 -28 -13 649 – 317 –
90 B 87 244 253 27.5 62.5 120 -28 -13 665 – 317 –
100 A 87 244 262 27.5 62.5 126 -28 -13 685 – 317 –
100 B 87 244 262 27.5 62.5 126 -28 -13 702 – 317 –
203352_3b-4_enGB_080812

1) Gearbox housing obstacle edge


2) Torque bracket obstacle edge
3) Max. height: Wheel block/gearbox (motor), terminal box not taken into account.
4) Max. width: Centre of wheel block/gearbox (motor), terminal box not taken into account.
102 5) For further dimensions of the motor, see section 3.23
Wheel Gearbox Motor Dimensions [mm]
block b5 b6 b7 h1 h21 h22 x1 x1 LG LV sG sV
KB. 1) 2)
71 A 104 241 241 24.5 80.0 111 0 -2.0 556 618 300 363
71 B 104 241 241 24.5 80.0 111 0 -2.0 576 638 300 363
80 A 104 241 250 24.5 80.0 111 0 -2.0 599 661 300 363
WU. 20
80 B 104 241 250 24.5 80.0 111 0 -2.0 614 676 300 363
90 A 104 241 260 24.5 80.0 114 0 -2.0 631 – 300 –
90 B 104 241 260 24.5 80.0 114 0 -2.0 647 – 300 –
71 A 104 261 251 27.5 80.0 120 -10 -2.0 576 639 317 379
71 B 104 261 251 27.5 80.0 120 -10 -2.0 596 659 317 379
80 A 104 261 260 27.5 80.0 120 -10 -2.0 619 682 317 379
80 B 104 261 260 27.5 80.0 120 -10 -2.0 634 697 317 379
WU. 30
90 A 104 261 270 27.5 80.0 120 -10 -2.0 649 – 317 –
90 B 104 261 270 27.5 80.0 120 -10 -2.0 665 – 317 –
100 A 104 261 279 27.5 80.0 126 -10 -2.0 685 – 317 –

3
DRS 160 100 B 104 261 279 27.5 80.0 126 -10 -2.0 702 – 317 –
71 A 104 291 266 28.6 80.0 119 -25 -2.0 594 667 337 407
71 B 104 291 266 28.6 80.0 119 -25 -2.0 614 687 337 407
80 A 104 291 275 28.6 80.0 119 -25 -2.0 639 710 337 407
80 B 104 291 275 28.6 80.0 119 -25 -2.0 654 725 337 407
90 A 104 291 285 28.6 80.0 119 -25 -2.0 669 – 337 –
90 B 104 291 285 28.6 80.0 119 -25 -2.0 685 – 337 –
WU. 40 100 A 104 291 294 28.6 80.0 127 -25 -2.0 705 – 337 –
100 B 104 291 294 28.6 80.0 127 -25 -2.0 722 – 337 –
112 A 104 291 306 28.6 80.0 139 -25 -2.0 769 – 366 –
112 B 104 291 306 28.6 80.0 139 -25 -2.0 788 – 366 –
125 A 104 291 319 28.6 80.0 152 -25 -2.0 820 – 366 –
125 B 104 291 319 28.6 80.0 152 -25 -2.0 844 – 366 –
71 A 114 271 261 27.5 100.0 138 +10 -5.0 576 639 317 379
71 B 114 271 261 27.5 100.0 138 +10 -5.0 596 659 317 379
80 A 114 271 270 27.5 100.0 138 +10 -5.0 619 682 317 379
80 B 114 271 270 27.5 100.0 138 +10 -5.0 634 697 317 379
WU. 30
90 A 114 271 280 27.5 100.0 138 +10 -5.0 649 – 317 –
90 B 114 271 280 27.5 100.0 138 +10 -5.0 665 – 317 –
100 A 114 271 289 27.5 100.0 138 +10 -5.0 685 – 317 –
100 B 114 271 289 27.5 100.0 138 +10 -5.0 702 – 317 –
71 A 114 301 276 28.6 100.0 138 -5.0 -5.0 594 667 337 407
71 B 114 301 276 28.6 100.0 138 -5.0 -5.0 614 687 337 407
80 A 114 301 285 28.6 100.0 138 -5.0 -5.0 639 710 337 407
80 B 114 301 285 28.6 100.0 138 -5.0 -5.0 654 725 337 407
90 A 114 301 295 28.6 100.0 138 -5.0 -5.0 669 – 337 –
90 B 114 301 295 28.6 100.0 138 -5.0 -5.0 685 – 337 –
WU. 40
100 A 114 301 304 28.6 100.0 138 -5.0 -5.0 705 – 337 –
100 B 114 301 304 28.6 100.0 138 -5.0 -5.0 722 – 337 –
DRS 200 112 A 114 301 316 28.6 100.0 139 -5.0 -5.0 769 – 366 –
112 B 114 301 316 28.6 100.0 139 -5.0 -5.0 788 – 366 –
125 A 114 301 329 28.6 100.0 152 -5.0 -5.0 820 – 366 –
125 B 114 301 329 28.6 100.0 152 -5.0 -5.0 844 – 366 –
71 A 114 326 288 33.3 100.0 138 -20 -5.0 629 699 370 439
71 B 114 326 288 33.3 100.0 138 -20 -5.0 649 719 370 439
80 A 114 326 297 33.3 100.0 138 -20 -5.0 672 742 370 439
80 B 114 326 297 33.3 100.0 138 -20 -5.0 687 757 370 439
90 A 114 326 307 33.3 100.0 138 -20 -5.0 702 – 370 –
90 B 114 326 307 33.3 100.0 138 -20 -5.0 718 – 370 –
WU. 50 100 A 114 326 316 33.3 100.0 138 -20 -5.0 738 – 370 –
100 B 114 326 316 33.3 100.0 138 -20 -5.0 755 – 370 –
112 A 114 326 328 33.3 100.0 158 -20 -5.0 802 – 396 –
112 B 114 326 328 33.3 100.0 158 -20 -5.0
203352_3b-4_enGB_080812

821 – 396 –
125 A 114 326 341 33.3 100.0 158 -20 -5.0 853 – 396 –
125 B 114 326 341 33.3 100.0 158 -20 -5.0 877 – 396 –
140 A/B 114 326 355 33.3 100.0 170 -20 -5.0 945 – 396 –
20335044_003

1) Gearbox housing obstacle edge


2) Torque bracket obstacle edge 103
3.21.1.2 DRS 200 with W 60, 3/4-stage coupling design

Gearbox type: Foot at bottom


3

Gearbox type: Foot at top


The foot at top type partly offers greater ground clearance

43425444.eps

Dimensions of travel wheel types A,B,D shown; for travel wheel dimensions of types E,F,C see section 3.1

Wheel Gearbox Motor Dimensions [mm]


block b5 b6 b7 h1 h21 h22 h23 x1 x1 x11 x11 LG LV sG sV
KB. TD QD 1) 2) 1) 2)
71 A 98 332 283 11.5 54.5 100 138 205 -105 +15 -7 +15 622 709 364 450
71 B 98 332 283 11.5 54.5 100 138 205 -105 +15 -7 +15 642 729 364 450
80 A 98 332 292 11.5 54.5 100 138 205 -105 +15 -7 +15 665 752 364 450
80 B 98 332 292 11.5 54.5 100 138 205 -105 +15 -7 +15 680 767 364 450
90 A 98 332 302 11.5 54.5 100 138 205 -105 +15 -7 +15 695 782 364 450
90 B 98 332 302 11.5 54.5 100 138 205 -105 +15 -7 +15 711 798 364 450
100 A 98 332 311 11.5 54.5 100 138 205 -105 +15 -7 +15 731 818 364 450
DRS 200 WU. 60
100 B 98 332 311 11.5 54.5 100 138 205 -105 +15 -7 +15 748 835 364 450
112 A 98 332 323 11.5 54.5 100 139 205 -105 +15 -7 +15 770 840 364 450
112 B 98 332 323 11.5 54.5 100 139 205 -105 +15 -7 +15 789 859 364 450
125 A 98 332 336 11.5 – 100 139 205 -105 +15 -7 +15 822 – 364 –
125 B 98 332 336 11.5 – 100 139 205 -105 +15 -7 +15 846 – 364 –
140 A/B 98 332 350 11.5 – 100 139 205 -105 +15 -7 +15 913 – 364 –
160 B 98 332 370 11.5 – 100 146 205 -105 +15 -7 +15 1024 – 364 –
20335044_004
203352_3b-4_enGB_080812

1) Gearbox housing obstacle edge


2) Torque bracket obstacle edge
3) Max. height: Wheel block/gearbox (motor), terminal box not taken into account.
4) Max. width: Centre of wheel block/gearbox (motor), terminal box not taken into account.
104 5) For further dimensions of the motor, see section 3.23
3.21.2 DRS 250 – 500 wheel block with angular gearbox and KB. motor
3.21.2.1 DRS 250 – 315 with W 40 – W 50, 2/3-stage coupling design

3
43426244.eps
Dimensions of travel wheel types A,B,D shown; for travel wheel dimensions of type E see section 3.2.

Wheel Gearbox Motor Dimensions [mm]


block b5 b6 b7 h1 h21 h22 x1 x1 LG LV sG sV
KB. 1) 2)
71 A 108 295 270 28.6 125.0 156 +20 +20 594 667 337 407
71 B 108 295 270 28.6 125.0 156 +20 +20 614 687 337 407
80 A 108 295 279 28.6 125.0 156 +20 +20 639 710 337 407
80 B 108 295 279 28.6 125.0 156 +20 +20 654 725 337 407
90 A 108 295 289 28.6 125.0 156 +20 +20 669 – 337 –
90 B 108 295 289 28.6 125.0 156 +20 +20 685 – 337 –
WU. 40 100 A 108 295 298 28.6 125.0 156 +20 +20 705 – 337 –
100 B 108 295 298 28.6 125.0 156 +20 +20 722 – 337 –
112 A 108 295 310 28.6 125.0 156 +20 +20 769 – 366 –
112 B 108 295 310 28.6 125.0 156 +20 +20 788 – 366 –
125 A 108 295 323 28.6 125.0 156 +20 +20 820 – 366 –
125 B 108 295 323 28.6 125.0 156 +20 +20 844 – 366 –
DRS 250 71 A 108 320 282 33.3 157.5 156 +5.0 +20 629 699 370 439
71 B 108 320 282 33.3 157.5 156 +5.0 +20 649 719 370 439
80 A 108 320 291 33.3 157.5 156 +5.0 +20 672 742 370 439
80 B 108 320 291 33.3 157.5 156 +5.0 +20 687 757 370 439
90 A 108 320 301 33.3 157.5 156 +5.0 +20 702 – 370 –
90 B 108 320 301 33.3 157.5 156 +5.0 +20 718 – 370 –
WU. 50 100 A 108 320 310 33.3 157.5 156 +5.0 +20 738 – 370 –
100 B 108 320 310 33.3 157.5 156 +5.0 +20 755 – 370 –
112 A 108 320 322 33.3 157.5 158 +5.0 +20 802 – 396 –
112 B 108 320 322 33.3 157.5 158 +5.0 +20 821 – 396 –
125 A 108 320 335 33.3 157.5 158 +5.0 +20 853 – 396 –
125 B 108 320 335 33.3 157.5 158 +5.0 +20 877 – 396 –
140 A/B 108 320 349 33.3 157.5 170 +5.0 +20 945 – 396 –
71 A 130 342 304 33.3 157.5 192 +38 +30 629 699 370 439
71 B 130 342 304 33.3 157.5 192 +38 +30 649 719 370 439
80 A 130 342 313 33.3 157.5 192 +38 +30 672 742 370 439
80 B 130 342 313 33.3 157.5 192 +38 +30 687 757 370 439
90 A 130 342 323 33.3 157.5 192 +38 +30 702 – 370 –
90 B 130 342 323 33.3 157.5 192 +38 +30 718 – 370 –
DRS 315 WU. 50 100 A 130 342 332 33.3 157.5 192 +38 +30 738 – 370 –
100 B 130 342 332 33.3 157.5 192 +38 +30 755 – 370 –
112 A 130 342 344 33.3 157.5 192 +38 +30 802 – 396 –
112 B 130 342 344 33.3 157.5 192 +38 +30 821 – 396 –
125 A 130 342 357 33.3 157.5 192 +38 +30 853 – 396 –
125 B 130 342 357 33.3 157.5 192 +38 +30 877 – 396 –
203352_3b-4_enGB_080812

140 A/B 130 342 371 33.3 157.5 192 +38 +30 945 – 396 –
20335044_007
1) Gearbox housing obstacle edge
2) Torque bracket obstacle edge
3) Max. height: Wheel block/gearbox (motor), terminal box not taken into account.
4) Max. width: Centre of wheel block/gearbox (motor), terminal box not taken into account.
5) For further dimensions of the motor, see section 3.23 105
3.21.2.2 DRS 250 – 315 with W 60 – W 80, 3/4-stage coupling design

Gearbox type: Foot at bottom


3

Gearbox type: Foot at top


The foot at top type partly offers greater ground clearance

43426144.eps
Dimensions of travel wheel types A,B,D shown; for travel wheel dimensions of type E see section 3.2

203352_3b-4_enGB_080812

3) Max. height: Wheel block/gearbox (motor), terminal box not taken into account.
4) Max. width: Centre of wheel block/gearbox (motor), terminal box not taken into account.
5) For further dimensions of the motor, see section 3.23
106
Wheel Gearbox Motor Dimensions [mm]
block b5 b6 b7 h1 h21 h22 h23 x1 x1 x11 x11 LG LV sG sV
KB. TD QD 1) 2) 1) 2)
71 A 108 342 293 11.5 54.5 125.0 156 205 -80 +20 +18 +20 622 709 364 450
71 B 108 342 293 11.5 54.5 125.0 156 205 -80 +20 +18 +20 642 729 364 450
80 A 108 342 302 11.5 54.5 125.0 156 205 -80 +20 +18 +20 665 752 364 450
80 B 108 342 302 11.5 54.5 125.0 156 205 -80 +20 +18 +20 680 767 364 450
90 A 108 342 312 11.5 54.5 125.0 156 205 -80 +20 +18 +20 695 782 364 450
90 B 108 342 312 11.5 54.5 125.0 156 205 -80 +20 +18 +20 711 798 364 450
100 A 108 342 321 11.5 54.5 125.0 156 205 -80 +20 +18 +20 731 818 364 450
DRS 250 WU. 60
100 B 108 342 321 11.5 54.5 125.0 156 205 -80 +20 +18 +20 748 835 364 450
112 A 108 342 333 11.5 54.5 125.0 156 205 -80 +20 -14 +20 770 840 364 450
112 B 108 342 333 11.5 54.5 125.0 156 205 -80 +20 -14 +20 789 859 364 450
125 A 108 342 346 11.5 – 125.0 156 205 -80 +20 -14 +20 822 – 364 –
125 B 108 342 346 11.5 – 125.0 156 205 -80 +20 -14 +20 846 – 364 –
140 A/B 108 342 360 11.5 – 125.0 156 205 -80 +20 -14 +20 913 – 364 –

3
160 B 108 342 380 11.5 – 125.0 156 205 -80 +20 -21 +20 1024 – 364 –
71 A 130 364 315 11.5 54.5 157.5 192 205 -48 +30 +51 +30 622 709 364 450
71 B 130 364 315 11.5 54.5 157.5 192 205 -48 +30 +51 +30 642 729 364 450
80 A 130 364 324 11.5 54.5 157.5 192 205 -48 +30 +51 +30 665 752 364 450
80 B 130 364 324 11.5 54.5 157.5 192 205 -48 +30 +51 +30 680 767 364 450
90 A 130 364 334 11.5 54.5 157.5 192 205 -48 +30 +51 +30 695 782 364 450
90 B 130 364 334 11.5 54.5 157.5 192 205 -48 +30 +51 +30 711 798 364 450
100 A 130 364 343 11.5 54.5 157.5 192 205 -48 +30 +51 +30 731 818 364 450
WU. 60
100 B 130 364 343 11.5 54.5 157.5 192 205 -48 +30 +51 +30 748 835 364 450
112 A 130 364 355 11.5 54.5 157.5 192 205 -48 +30 +19 +30 770 840 364 450
112 B 130 364 355 11.5 54.5 157.5 192 205 -48 +30 +19 +30 789 859 364 450
125 A 130 364 368 11.5 – 157.5 192 205 -48 +30 +19 +30 822 – 364 –
125 B 130 364 368 11.5 – 157.5 192 205 -48 +30 +19 +30 846 – 364 –
140 A/B 130 364 382 11.5 – 157.5 192 205 -48 +30 +19 +30 913 – 364 –
160 B 130 364 402 11.5 – 157.5 192 205 -48 +30 +12 +30 1024 – 364 –
71 A 130 404 335 6.0 56.0 157.5 192 245 -88 +30 +30 +30 647 745 387 486
71 B 130 404 335 6.0 56.0 157.5 192 245 -88 +30 +30 +30 665 765 387 486
80 A 130 404 344 6.0 56.0 157.5 192 245 -88 +30 +30 +30 688 788 387 486
80 B 130 404 344 6.0 56.0 157.5 192 245 -88 +30 +30 +30 703 803 387 486
90 A 130 404 354 6.0 56.0 157.5 192 245 -88 +30 +30 +30 718 818 387 486
90 B 130 404 354 6.0 56.0 157.5 192 245 -88 +30 +30 +30 734 834 387 486
100 A 130 404 363 6.0 56.0 157.5 192 245 -88 +30 +30 +30 756 854 387 486
100 B 130 404 363 6.0 56.0 157.5 192 245 -88 +30 +30 +30 773 871 387 486
WU. 70
112 A 130 404 375 6.0 56.0 157.5 192 245 -88 +30 -12 +30 869 918 463 512
DRS 315
112 B 130 404 375 6.0 56.0 157.5 192 245 -88 +30 -12 +30 888 937 463 512
125 A 130 404 388 6.0 56.0 157.5 192 245 -88 +30 -12 +30 920 969 463 512
125 B 130 404 388 6.0 56.0 157.5 192 245 -88 +30 -12 +30 944 993 463 512
140 A/B 130 404 402 6.0 56.0 157.5 192 245 -88 +30 -12 +30 1012 1061 463 512
160 B 130 404 422 6.0 – 157.5 192 245 -88 +30 -12 +30 1122 – 463 –
180 B 130 404 442 6.0 – 157.5 192 245 -88 +30 -14 +30 1199 – 463 –
200 B 130 404 462 6.0 – 157.5 192 245 -88 +30 -34 +30 1278 – 463 –
71 A 130 409 338 32.0 82.0 157.5 192 275 -118 +30 +16 +30 664 765 407 505
71 B 130 409 338 32.0 82.0 157.5 192 275 -118 +30 +16 +30 684 785 407 505
80 A 130 409 347 32.0 82.0 157.5 192 275 -118 +30 +16 +30 707 808 407 505
80 B 130 409 347 32.0 82.0 157.5 192 275 -118 +30 +16 +30 722 823 407 505
90 A 130 409 357 32.0 82.0 157.5 192 275 -118 +30 +16 +30 737 838 407 505
90 B 130 409 357 32.0 82.0 157.5 192 275 -118 +30 +16 +30 753 854 407 505
100 A 130 409 366 32.0 82.0 157.5 192 275 -118 +30 +16 +30 773 874 407 505
100 B 130 409 366 32.0 82.0 157.5 192 275 -118 +30 +16 +30 790 891 407 505
WU. 80
112 A 130 409 378 32.0 82.0 157.5 192 275 -118 +30 +15 +30 888 937 482 531
112 B 130 409 378 32.0 82.0 157.5 192 275 -118 +30 +15 +30 907 956 482 531
125 A 130 409 391 32.0 82.0 157.5 192 275 -118 +30 +15 +30 940 989 482 531
125 B 130 409 391 32.0 82.0 157.5 192 275 -118 +30 +15 +30 964 1013 482 531
140 A/B 130 409 405 32.0 82.0 157.5 192 275 -118 +30 +15 +30 1031 1080 482 531
160 B 130 409 425 32.0 – 157.5 192 275 -118 +30 +15 +30 1142 – 482 –
180 B 130 409 445 32.0 – 157.5 192 275 -118 +30 +13 +30 1219 – 482 –
200 B 130 409 465 32.0 – 157.5 192 275 -118 +30 -7.5 +30 1298 – 482 –
203352_3b-4_enGB_080812

20335044_008

1) Gearbox housing obstacle edge


2) Torque bracket obstacle edge 107
3.21.2.2 DRS 400 – 500 with W 70 – W 100, 3/4-stage coupling design

Gearbox type: Foot at bottom

Gearbox type: Foot at top


The foot at top type partly offers greater ground clearance
3

43426144.eps

Dimensions of travel wheel types A,B,D shown; for travel wheel dimensions of type E see section 3.2

Wheel Gearbox Motor Dimensions [mm]


block b5 b6 b7 h1 h21 h22 h23 x1 x1 x11 x11 LG LV sG sV
KB. TD QD 1) 2) 1) 2)
71 A 154 428 359 6 56 200 240 245 -45 +55 +72 +55 647 745 387 486
71 B 154 428 359 6 56 200 240 245 -45 +55 +72 +55 665 765 387 486
80 A 154 428 368 6 56 200 240 245 -45 +55 +72 +55 688 788 387 486
80 B 154 428 368 6 56 200 240 245 -45 +55 +72 +55 703 803 387 486
90 A 154 428 378 6 56 200 240 245 -45 +55 +72 +55 718 818 387 486
90 B 154 428 378 6 56 200 240 245 -45 +55 +72 +55 734 834 387 486
100 A 154 428 387 6 56 200 240 245 -45 +55 +72 +55 756 854 387 486
100 B 154 428 387 6 56 200 240 245 -45 +55 +72 +55 773 871 387 486
WU. 70
112 A 154 428 399 6 56 200 240 245 -45 +55 +31 +55 869 918 463 512
112 B 154 428 399 6 56 200 240 245 -45 +55 +31 +55 888 937 463 512
125 A 154 428 412 6 56 200 240 245 -45 +55 +31 +55 920 969 463 512
125 B 154 428 412 6 56 200 240 245 -45 +55 +31 +55 944 993 463 512
140 A/B 154 428 426 6 56 200 240 245 -45 +55 +31 +55 1012 1061 463 512
160 B 154 428 446 6 – 200 240 245 -45 +55 – – 1122 – 463 –
180 B 154 428 466 6 – 200 240 245 -45 +55 – – 1199 – 463 –
200 B 154 428 486 6 – 200 240 245 -45 +55 – – 1278 – 463 –
DRS 400
71 A 154 433 362 32 82 200 240 275 -75 +55 +58 +55 664 765 407 505
71 B 154 433 362 32 82 200 240 275 -75 +55 +58 +55 684 785 407 505
80 A 154 433 371 32 82 200 240 275 -75 +55 +58 +55 707 808 407 505
80 B 154 433 371 32 82 200 240 275 -75 +55 +58 +55 722 823 407 505
90 A 154 433 381 32 82 200 240 275 -75 +55 +58 +55 737 838 407 505
90 B 154 433 381 32 82 200 240 275 -75 +55 +58 +55 753 854 407 505
100 A 154 433 390 32 82 200 240 275 -75 +55 +58 +55 773 874 407 505
100 B 154 433 390 32 82 200 240 275 -75 +55 +58 +55 790 891 407 505
WU. 80
112 A 154 433 402 32 82 200 240 275 -75 +55 +57 +55 888 937 482 531
112 B 154 433 402 32 82 200 240 275 -75 +55 +57 +55 907 956 482 531
125 A 154 433 415 32 82 200 240 275 -75 +55 +57 +55 940 989 482 531
125 B 154 433 415 32 82 200 240 275 -75 +55 +57 +55 964 1013 482 531
140 A/B 154 433 429 32 82 200 240 275 -75 +55 +57 +55 1031 1080 482 531
160 B 154 433 449 32 – 200 240 275 -75 +55 – – 1142 – 482 –
180 B 154 433 469 32 – 200 240 275 -75 +55 – – 1219 – 482 –
203352_3b-4_enGB_080812

200 B 154 433 489 32 – 200 240 275 -75 +55 – – 1298 – 482 –

1) Gearbox housing obstacle edge


2) Torque bracket obstacle edge
3) Max. height: Wheel block/gearbox (motor), terminal box not taken into account.
4) Max. width: Centre of wheel block/gearbox (motor), terminal box not taken into account.
108 5) For further dimensions of the motor, see section 3.23
Wheel Gearbox Motor Dimensions [mm]
block b5 b6 b7 h1 h21 h22 h23 x1 x1 x11 x11 LG LV sG sV
KB. TD QD 1) 2) 1) 2)
80 A 154 469 388 – 93 200 240 315 -115 +55 +34 +55 – 883 – 582
80 B 154 469 388 – 93 200 240 315 -115 +55 +34 +55 – 898 – 582
90 A 154 469 398 – 93 200 240 315 -115 +55 +34 +55 – 913 – 582
90 B 154 469 398 – 93 200 240 315 -115 +55 +34 +55 – 929 – 582
100 A 154 469 407 – 93 200 240 315 -115 +55 +34 +55 – 949 – 582
100 B 154 469 407 – 93 200 240 315 -115 +55 +34 +55 – 966 – 582
112 A 154 469 419 32 93 200 240 315 -115 +55 +34 +55 926 988 520 582
DRS 400 WU. 90 112 B 154 469 419 32 93 200 240 315 -115 +55 +34 +55 945 1007 520 582
125 A 154 469 432 32 93 200 240 315 -115 +55 +34 +55 978 1040 520 582
125 B 154 469 432 32 93 200 240 315 -115 +55 +34 +55 1002 1064 520 582
140 A/B 154 469 446 32 93 200 240 315 -115 +55 +34 +55 1069 1131 520 582
160 B 154 469 466 32 93 200 240 315 -115 +55 +24 +55 1180 1242 520 582
180 B 154 469 486 32 – 200 240 315 -115 +55 – – 1257 – 520 –
200 B 154 469 506 32 – 200 240 315 -115 +55 – – 1336 – 520 –
225 B 154 469 529 32 – 200 240 315 -115 +55 – – 1376 – 520 –
71 A 174 453 382 32 82 250 316 275 -25 +82 +108 +82 664 765 407 505
71 B 174 453 382 32 82 250 316 275 -25 +82 +108 +82 684 785 407 505
80 A 174 453 391 32 82 250 316 275 -25 +82 +108 +82 707 808 407 505
80 B 174 453 391 32 82 250 316 275 -25 +82 +108 +82 722 823 407 505
90 A 174 453 401 32 82 250 316 275 -25 +82 +108 +82 737 838 407 505
90 B 174 453 401 32 82 250 316 275 -25 +82 +108 +82 753 854 407 505

3
100 A 174 453 410 32 82 250 316 275 -25 +82 +108 +82 773 874 407 505
100 B 174 453 410 32 82 250 316 275 -25 +82 +108 +82 790 891 407 505
WU. 80
112 A 174 453 422 32 82 250 316 275 -25 +82 +107 +82 888 937 482 531
112 B 174 453 422 32 82 250 316 275 -25 +82 +107 +82 907 956 482 531
125 A 174 453 435 32 82 250 316 275 -25 +82 +107 +82 940 989 482 531
125 B 174 453 435 32 82 250 316 275 -25 +82 +107 +82 964 1013 482 531
140 A/B 174 453 449 32 82 250 316 275 -25 +82 +107 +82 1031 1080 482 531
160 B 174 453 469 32 – 250 316 275 -25 +82 – – 1142 – 482 –
180 B 174 453 489 32 – 250 316 275 -25 +82 – – 1219 – 482 –
200 B 174 453 509 32 – 250 316 275 -25 +82 – – 1298 – 482 –
80 A 174 489 408 – 93 250 316 315 -65 +82 +84 +82 – 883 – 582
80 B 174 489 408 – 93 250 316 315 -65 +82 +84 +82 – 898 – 582
90 A 174 489 418 – 93 250 316 315 -65 +82 +84 +82 – 913 – 582
90 B 174 489 418 – 93 250 316 315 -65 +82 +84 +82 – 929 – 582
100 A 174 489 427 – 93 250 316 315 -65 +82 +84 +82 – 949 – 582
100 B 174 489 427 – 93 250 316 315 -65 +82 +84 +82 – 966 – 582
112 A 174 489 439 32 93 250 316 315 -65 +82 +84 +82 926 988 520 582
DRS 500
WU. 90 112 B 174 489 439 32 93 250 316 315 -65 +82 +84 +82 945 1007 520 582
125 A 174 489 452 32 93 250 316 315 -65 +82 +84 +82 978 1040 520 582
125 B 174 489 452 32 93 250 316 315 -65 +82 +84 +82 1002 1064 520 582
140 A/B 174 489 466 32 93 250 316 315 -65 +82 +84 +82 1069 1131 520 582
160 B 174 489 486 32 93 250 316 315 -65 +82 +74 +82 1180 1242 520 582
180 B 174 489 506 32 – 250 316 315 -65 +82 – – 1257 – 520 –
200 B 174 489 526 32 – 250 316 315 -65 +82 – – 1336 – 520 –
225 B 174 489 549 32 – 250 316 315 -65 +82 – – 1376 – 520 –
80 A 174 559 443 – 122 250 316 390 -140 +82 +44 +82 – 947 – 647
80 B 174 559 443 – 122 250 316 390 -140 +82 +44 +82 – 962 – 647
90 A 174 559 453 – 122 250 316 390 -140 +82 +44 +82 – 977 – 647
90 B 174 559 453 – 122 250 316 390 -140 +82 +44 +82 – 993 – 647
100 A 174 559 462 – 122 250 316 390 -140 +82 +44 +82 – 1013 – 647
100 B 174 559 462 – 122 250 316 390 -140 +82 +44 +82 – 1030 – 647
112 A 174 559 474 44 122 250 316 390 -140 +82 +44 +82 987 1128 581 722
WU. 100 112 B 174 559 474 44 122 250 316 390 -140 +82 +44 +82 1006 1147 581 722
125 A 174 559 487 44 122 250 316 390 -140 +82 +44 +82 1038 1180 581 722
125 B 174 559 487 44 122 250 316 390 -140 +82 +44 +82 1062 1204 581 722
140 A/B 174 559 501 44 122 250 316 390 -140 +82 +44 +82 1130 1271 581 722
160 B 174 559 521 44 122 250 316 390 -140 +82 +44 +82 1240 1382 581 722
180 B 174 559 541 44 122 250 316 390 -140 +82 +44 +82 1317 1459 581 722
200 B 174 559 561 44 122 250 316 390 -140 +82 +44 +82 1396 1538 581 722
225 B 174 559 584 44 – 250 316 390 -140 +82 – – 1436 – 581 –
20335044_012
203352_3b-4_enGB_080812

1) Gearbox housing obstacle edge


2) Torque bracket obstacle edge 109
3.22 ZB. motor dimensions
3

43428044.eps

Dimensions Motor ZB.


[mm] 63/71 80/90 A 90 B/100 112/132 160/180 A 180 B/200 225
AC 140 157 196 260 314 394 440
AD 124 134 152 185 269 311 332
dv 2 x M25 2 x M32 2 x M40 2 x M40 2 x M40
4 x M20 4 x M25
(M.. X 1.5) 2 x M32 2 x M40 2 x M50 2 x M50 2 x M50
LL 153 153 168 273 273 273 273
AG 103 103 168 173 173 173 173
20335044_010

3.22.1 Motor dimensions with offset gearboxes, direct input

Gearbox Dimensions ZB. motor


2/3-stage [mm] 63/71 80/90 A 90 B/100 112/132 160/180 A 180 B/200 225
xk 142 155 167 – – – –
AM. 10
LB 341 397 439 – – – –
xk 142 155 167 – – – –
AM. 20
LB 341 397 439 – – – –
xk 142 155 167 222 – – –
AM. 30
LB 341 397 439 581 – – –
xk 142 155 167 222 – – –
AM. 40
LB 341 397 439 581 – – –
Gearbox
2/3-stage
xk 142 155 167 222 – – –
AD. 40
LB 341 397 439 581 – – –
xk – 155 167 222 236 – –
AD. 50
LB – 397 167 222 236 – –
xk – 155 167 222 236 – –
AD. 60
LB – 397 167 222 236 – –
xk – 164 176 231 245 – –
AD. 70
LB – 406 448 590 696 – –
xk – 159 171 226 240 249 259
AD. 80
LB – 401 443 585 691 818 865
Gearbox
2/3-stage
xk – – 168 223 237 246 256
AU. 90
LB – – 440 582 688 815 862
20335044_021
203352_3b-4_enGB_080812

110
3.22.2 Motor dimensions with angular gearboxes, direct input

Gearbox Dimensions ZB. motor


2/3-stage [mm] 63/71 80/90 A 90 B/100 112/132 160/180 A 180 B/200 225
xk 157 170 – – – – –
WU. 10
LB 275 314 – – – – –
xk 157 170 183 – – – –
WU. 20
LB 275 314 348 – – – –
xk 157 170 183 – – – –
WU. 30
LB 275 314 348 – – – –
xk 157 170 183 238 – – –
WU. 40
LB 275 314 348 473 – – –
xk – 170 183 238 245 – –
WU. 50
LB – 314 348 473 583 – –
Gearbox
3-stage

3
xk – 164 176 231 245 – –
WU. 60
LB – 308 341 466 576 – ––
xk – 159 171 226 240 249 259
WU. 70
LB – 303 336 461 571 684 728
xk – 159 171 226 240 249 259
WU. 80
LB – 303 336 461 571 684 728
xk – – 168 223 237 246 256
WU. 90
LB – – 333 458 568 681 725
xk – – – 223 237 246 256
WU. 100
LB – – – 458 568 725 725
Gearbox
4-stage
xk 157 170 183 – – – –
WU. 60
LB 275 314 348 – – – –
xk – 170 183 238 252 – –
WU. 70
LB – 314 348 473 583 – –
xk – 170 183 238 252 – –
WU. 80
LB – 314 348 473 583 – –
xk – 164 176 231 245 – –
WU. 90
LB – 308 341 466 576 – –
xk – 159 171 226 240 – –
WU. 100
LB – 303 336 461 571 – –
20335044_009

3.22.3 Z motor dimensions for coupling connection

43442644.eps

Dimensions ZB. motor


203352_3b-4_enGB_080812

[mm] 63/71 80/90 A 90 B/100 112/132 160/180 A 180 B/200 225


xk (coupl.) 137 149 179 233 239 246 256
LB (coupl.) 336 391 451 592 690 815 862
20335044_022

111
3.23 KB. motor dimensions
3

43426644.eps

Dimensions KB. motor


[mm] 71 A 71 B 80 A 80 B 90 A 90 B 100 A 100 B 112 A 112 B 125 A 125 B 140 A/B 160 B 180 B 200 B 225 B
AC 140 140 158 158 178 178 196 196 220 220 246 246 274 314 354 394 440
AD 134 134 143 143 153 153 176 176 189 189 200 200 250 269 293 311 332
dv 2 x M25 2 x M25 2 x M25 2 x M25 2 x M25 2 x M25 2 x M32 2 x M32 2 x M32 2 x M32 2 x M32 2 x M32 2 x M40 2 x M40 2 x M40 2 x M40 2 x M40
(M.. X 1.5) 2 x M25 2 x M25 2 x M25 2 x M25 2 x M25 2 x M25 2 x M32 2 x M32 2 x M32 2 x M32 2 x M32 2 x M32 2 x M50 2 x M50 2 x M50 2 x M50 2 x M50
LL 128 128 128 128 128 128 158 158 158 158 158 158 273 273 273 273 273
AG 108 108 108 108 108 108 128 128 128 128 128 128 173 173 173 173 173
xk 77 77 82 82 92 92 103 103 110 110 122 122 174 221 237 246 256
LB 244 264 285 300 315 331 349 366 370 389 420 444 511 586 663 729 769
20335044_011

203352_3b-4_enGB_080812

112
4 Demag DRS wheel block system
Options and accessories

4.1 MA / MW and D2 torque bracket set


Wheel block Gearbox Torque bracket Part no. 1)
Top connection Side connection Pin connection Side connection Torque bracket

K W1 B W2 D2 2)
MA / MW
AM. 10/20 MA 112-1 753 796 44 753 797 44

DRS 112 WU. 10 MW 112-1 753 890 44 753 892 44

WU. 20 MW 112-2 753 891 44 753 894 44

AM. 10/20 MA125-1 752 396 44 752 397 44

AM. 30 MA 125-2 752 39144 752 394 44


DRS 125
WU. 10 MW 125-1 752 490 44 752 492 44

WU. 20/30 MW 125-2 752 49144 752 494 44

AM. 20 MA 160-1 752 696 44 752 697 44 not


AM. 30/40 MA 160-2 752 69144 752 694 44 permissible
DRS 160
WU. 20/30 MW 160-1 752 790 44 752 792 44

WU. 40 MW 160-2 752 79144 752 794 44

AM. 30/40 MA 200-1 753 190 44 753 192 44

AD. 50 MA 200-2 753 191 44 753 193 44 –

4
WU. 30 MW 200-1 753 290 44 753 293 44
DRS 200
WU. 40 MW 200-2 753 291 44 753 294 44

WU. 50 MW 200-3 753 292 44 753 295 44

WU. 60 MW 200-4 753 296 44 753 297 44 –

AD. 40 MA 250-1 753 490 44 753 570 44 – 818 649 44

AD. 50 MA 250-2 753 49144 753 57144 – 811 208 44

AD. 60 MA 250-3 753 492 44 753 572 44 – 787 989 44

DRS 250 WU. 40 MW 250-1 753 590 44 753 580 44 – –

WU. 50 MW 250-2 753 591 44 753 581 44 – –

WU. 60 MW 250-3 753 592 44 753 582 44 – –

WU. 70 MW 250-4 753 593 44 753 583 44 – –

AD. 50 MA 315-1 754 190 44 754 270 44 – 811 208 44

AD. 60 MA 315-2 754 19144 754 271 44 – 787 989 44

AD. 70 MA 315-3 754 192 44 754 272 44 – 787 990 44

DRS 315 WU. 50 MW 315-1 754 290 44 754 280 44 – –

WU. 60 MW 315-2 754 291 44 754 281 44 – –

WU. 70 MW 315-3 754 292 44 754 282 44 – –

WU. 80 MW 315-4 754 293 44 754 283 44 – –

AD. 60 MA 400-1 754 490 44 754 570 44 – 787 989 44

AD. 70 MA 400-2 754 49144 754 57144 – 787 990 44

AD. 80 MA 400-3 754 492 44 754 572 44 – 787 991 44


DRS 400
WU. 70 MW 400-1 754 590 44 754 580 44 – –

WU. 80 MW 400-2 754 591 44 754 581 44 – –

WU. 90 MW 400-3 754 592 44 754 582 44 – –


AD. 70 MA 500-1 754 790 44 754 870 44 – 787 990 44
AD. 80 MA 500-2 754 791 44 754 871 44 – 787 991 44
AU. 90 MA 500-3 754 792 44 754 872 44 – 787 995 44
DRS 500
203352_3b-4_enGB_080812

WU. 80 MW 500-1 754 890 44 754 880 44 – –


WU. 90 MW 500-2 754 891 44 754 881 44 – –
WU. 100 MW 500-3 754 892 44 754 882 44 – –

1) Part no. includes depending on type torque bracket, bolted fastening parts and retaining elements.
2) Check drive shafts fitted into hollow shafts for tight fit. 113
4.2 MA / MW torque brackets
Torque brackets for fitting offset gearboxes (MA torque bracket)
or angular gearboxes (MW torque bracket)

MA 112-1 / MA 125-1 / MA 160-1 MA 125-2 / MA 160-2 / MA 200-1

41827844.eps 41827944.eps
4

Gearbox Torque Lock nut Locking screw


bracket a1 a2 a3 a4 a5 a6 b1 b2 d1 MA d3 MA h1 h2
[Nm] [Nm]
AM. 10/20 MA 112-1 50.0 79.0 10 60.0 - - 180 30 8.5 35 8.2 8 72 51
AM. 10/20 MA 125-1 58.5 77.5 41 68.5 - - 177 35 8.5 35 8.5 8 80 57
AM. 30 MA 125-2 58.5 77.5 41 68.5 92 10 206 35 8.5 35 10.5 60 80 75
AM. 20 MA 160-1 75.0 97.5 56 90.0 - - 221 45 11.0 65 8.5 8 104 69
AM. 30/40 MA 160-2 75.0 97.5 56 90.0 110 12 246 45 11.5 65 10.5 60 105 75
AM. 30/40 MA 200-1 105.0 120.0 70 115.0 140 10 306 45 11.0 65 10.5 60 130 85
20335044_030

MW 112-1 / MW 112-2 MW 125-1 / MW 125-2 / MW 160-1 / MW 160-2/


MW 200-1 / MW 200-2 / MW 200-3
a5
ød1
a1
h1

a4
a6

7
2H
ød
a3
h2

ød3 a2 b2

b1
41828044.eps 41828144.eps

Gearbox Torque Lock nut Locking screw


bracket a1 a2 a3 a4 a5 a6 b1 b2 d1 MA d2 d3 MA h1 h2
[Nm] [Nm]
WU. 10 MW 112-1 50.0 79.0 10 60.0 - - 180 30 8.5 35 80 8.3 42 72 73.5
WU. 20 MW 112-2 50.0 79.0 10 60.0 - - 180 30 8.5 35 95 10.3 85 72 73.5
WU. 10 MW 125-1 58.5 77.5 41 68.5 92 10 206 35 8.5 35 80 8.3 42 80 75.0
WU. 20/30 MW 125-2 58.5 77.5 41 68.5 92 10 206 35 8.5 35 95 10.3 85 80 75.0
203352_3b-4_enGB_080812

WU. 20/30 MW 160-1 75.0 97.5 56 90.0 110 12 246 45 11.0 65 95 10.3 85 105 82.0
WU. 40 MW 160-2 75.0 97.5 56 90.0 110 12 246 45 11.0 65 110 12.3 130 105 82.0
WU. 30 MW 200-1 105.0 120.0 70 115.0 140 10 306 45 11.0 65 95 10.3 85 130 105.0
WU. 40 MW 200-2 105.0 120.0 70 115.0 140 10 306 45 11.0 85 110 12.3 130 130 105.0
WU. 50 MW 200-3 105.0 120.0 70 115.0 140 10 306 45 11.5 - 130 16.3 330 130 105.0
20335044_031

114
MA / MW torque brackets

Material: GJS500-2 Note: Dimensions d1, b2, b3 and b4 include damping elements 41832044.eps

MA torque bracket
Gearbox Torque Locking screw
bracket a1 a4 b1 b2 b3 b4 d1 d2 d3 d4 Quantity MA h h2
[Nm]

4
AD. 50 MA 200-2 137.5 75 345 33 4 18 40.1 130 13.5 165 8 130 195.0 85.0
AD. 40 MA 250-1 155.0 80 380 33 4 18 40.1 110 13.5 130 4 130 230.0 105.0
AD. 50 MA 250-2 155.0 80 380 33 4 18 40.1 130 13.5 165 8 130 230.0 105.0
AD. 60 MA 250-3 155.0 80 380 33 4 18 40.1 180 17.5 215 8 130 230.0 105.0
AD. 50 MA 315-1 185.0 80 470 40 5 24 50.1 130 13.5 165 8 330 282.5 127.5
AD. 60 MA 315-2 185.0 80 470 40 5 24 50.1 180 17.5 215 8 330 282.5 127.5
AD. 70 MA 315-3 185.0 80 470 40 5 24 50.1 230 17.5 265 8 330 282.5 127.5
AD. 60 MA 400-1 225.0 130 568 49 6 28 65.1 180 17.5 215 8 330 359.0 145.0
AD. 70 MA 400-2 225.0 130 568 49 6 28 65.1 230 17.5 265 8 330 359.0 145.0
AD. 80 MA 400-3 225.0 130 568 49 6 28 65.1 250 22.0 300 8 720 359.0 145.0
AD. 70 MA 500-1 290.0 160 710 54 7 33 70.1 230 17.5 265 8 330 420.0 168.0
AD. 80 MA 500-2 290.0 160 710 54 7 33 70.1 250 22.0 300 8 720 420.0 168.0
AU. 90 MA 500-3 290.0 160 710 54 7 33 70.1 300 22.0 350 8 720 420.0 168.0
20335044_032

MW torque bracket
Gearbox Torque Locking screw
bracket a1 a4 b1 b2 b3 b4 d1 d2 d3 d4 Quantity MA h h2
[Nm]
WU. 60 MW 200-4 137.5 75 345 33 4 18 40.1 130 13.5 165 8 130 195.0 85.0
WU. 40 MW 250-1 155.0 80 380 33 4 18 40.1 110 13.5 130 4 130 230.0 105.0
WU. 50 MW 250-2 155.0 80 380 33 4 18 40.1 130 17.5 165 4 330 230.0 105.0
WU. 60 MW 250-3 155.0 80 380 33 4 18 40.1 130 13.5 165 8 130 230.0 105.0
WU. 70 MW 250-4 155.0 80 380 33 4 18 40.1 180 17.5 215 8 330 230.0 105.0
WU. 50 MW 315-1 185.0 80 470 40 5 24 50.1 130 17.5 165 4 330 282.5 127.5
WU. 60 MW 315-2 185.0 80 470 40 5 24 50.1 130 13.5 165 8 130 282.5 127.5
WU. 70 MW 315-3 185.0 80 470 40 5 24 50.1 180 17.5 215 8 330 282.5 127.5
WU. 80 MW 315-4 185.0 80 470 40 5 24 50.1 230 17.5 265 8 330 282.5 127.5
WU. 70 MW 400-1 225.0 130 568 49 6 28 65.1 180 17.5 215 8 330 359.0 145.0
WU. 80 MW 400-2 225.0 130 568 49 6 28 65.1 230 17.5 265 8 330 359.0 145.0
WU. 90 MW 400-3 225.0 130 568 49 6 28 65.1 250 22.0 300 8 720 359.0 145.0
WU. 80 MW 500-1 290.0 160 710 54 7 33 70.1 230 17.5 265 8 330 420.0 168.0
WU. 90 MW 500-2 290.0 160 710 54 7 33 70.1 250 22.0 300 8 720 420.0 168.0
203352_3b-4_enGB_080812

WU. 100 MW 500-3 290.0 160 710 54 7 33 70.1 300 22.0 350 8 720 420.0 168.0
20335044_033

115
4.3 D2 torque bracket
Data for connection to the support structure
2)
A 40 - A 60 A 70 - A 80 A 90 X

Detail X

Gearbox Gearbox Gearbox Bore hole arrange- Bolt,


centre centre centre ment centre DIN 933

1), 2)
Set nut
Grade 8

Washer, DIN 6919


4

41805946.eps

Gearbox Torque bracket 3) Fastening screws quality 10.9 Bore hole arrangement

Part no. Size Qty. Tightening torque d H11 f g h1 h2 h4 a 2) u 1), 2)

AU./AD. 40 818 649 44 M 12 4 115 Nm 14 35 ±0.3 – 25 20.5 206 92 ± 4 30 ± 4

AU./AD. 50 811 208 44 M 16 4 300 Nm 18 65 ±0.3 – 60 20.0 255 140 ± 6 55 ± 6

AU./AD. 60 787 989 44 M 16 4 300 Nm 18 100 ±0.3 – 60 83.0 309 120 ± 12 73 ± 12

AU./AD. 70 787 990 44 M 16 6 300 Nm 18 100 ±0.3 – 60 83.0 366 120 ± 12 69 ± 12

AU./AD. 80 787 991 44 M 16 6 300 Nm 18 100 ±0.3 – 60 83.0 440 118 ± 12 65 ± 12

AU. 90 787 995 44 M 16 8 300 Nm 18 90 ±0.3 184 40 10.0 520 159 ± 12 93 ± 12

203352_3b-4_enGB_080812

1) To flange contact surface.


2) Tolerance due to torque bracket slot.
116 3) Check drive shafts fitted into hollow shafts for tight fit.
AU./AD. 40 gearbox AU./AD. 50 gearbox

82 163
60 135

7
45

63
200 Nm

17
20
145

60
39

17
65 49,5 25
135
41037843.eps 41037943.eps

AU./AD. 60 gearbox AU./AD. 70 gearbox

4
41759544.eps 41759546.eps

AU./AD. 80 gearbox AU. 90 gearbox

41759545.eps 41759444.eps
203352_3b-4_enGB_080812

117
4

118
203352_3b-4_enGB_080812
4.4 Buffers Buffers with a high energy absorption capacity are required to prevent any critical
deformation in structural steelwork resulting from travelling units colliding with each
other or with the end of a track.
For cellular foam and rubber buffers, the complete volume of the buffer is utilised
as pressure is distributed over the whole section of the buffer. Lateral deformation
remains low even under maximum compression.
The favourable diameter-to-length ratio of this buffer ensures that any displace-
ment of the buffers due to play in the guidance of the crane rails has no adverse
effect.

4.4.1 Buffer dimensions For buffer impact special load situations, it is assumed that cranes, crabs and
travel carriages, etc. only rarely collide in normal operation.
The required buffer energy absorption capacity must be calculated:
• for the maximum possible buffer impact speed, however, at least k = 70 % of
the travel speed, if speed reduction devices are fitted
• with k = 85 % of the travel speed for cranes
• with k = 100 % of the travel speed for crabs, travel carriages, etc.
(k = buffer energy factor)

4
For an impact between two installations with identical buffers, calculate:
• mass acting on the buffer mpu

mpu mpu1 · mpu2


= mpu1 + mpu2

mpu = mass acting on the buffer


mpu1, mpu2 = mass acting on the buffers of installations 1 and 2
Masses acting on the buffer are the masses acting on the corresponding part of
the buffer depending on the distribution of masses of the structure when the buffer
is impacted. The masses acting on cellular and rubber buffers (DPZ, DPG) can be
doubled when a counterpart buffer of the same size is used.

• Travel speed

v = l v1 l + l v2 l

v = Travel speed
v1, v2 = Individual impact speeds of installations 1 and 2
203352_3b-4_enGB_080812

119
4.4.2 DPZ cellular plastic buffer Due to its excellent physical qualities as regards elasticity, cushioning and energy
absorption, the cellular polyurethane material is particularly well suited for buffers.
The buffer material is chemically resistant to ozone, oxygen, water, petrol and most
oils and industrial greases. The buffer is fully functional at operating temperatures
of – 20 °C to + 80 °C. In conditions of high humidity in conjunction with high tem-
peratures, the rubber buffer should be used.

DPZ cellular plastic buffer – masses acting on the buffer

Cellular plastic buffers Travel speed [m/min]

Limit switch k=70% to 14.3 to 17.9 to 22.9 to 28.6 to 35.7 to 45.0 to 57.1 to 71.4 to 90.0 to 114.3 to 142.9 to 178.6 to 228.6

Long travel k=85% to 11.8 to 14.7 to 18.8 to 23.5 to 29.4 to 37.1 to 47.1 to 58.8 to 74.1 to 94.1 to 117.6 to 147.1 to 188.2

Cross travel k=100% to 10.0 to 12.5 to 16.0 to 20.0 to 25.0 to 31.5 to 40.0 to 50.0 to 63.0 to 80.0 to 100.0 to 125.0 to 160.0

Wheel block Buffer max. mass which can be buffered [kg] without counterbuffer

DRS 112 – 500 DPZ 70 6400 4170 2600 1710 1120 730 480

DRS 112 – 500 DPZ 100 22230 14500 9080 5980 2960 2610 1710 1160

DRS 160 – 500 DPZ 130 48480 31670 19660 12900 8500 5560 3610 2460

DRS 200 – 500 DPZ 160 87300 66760 34720 22740 14960 9760 6330 4270

DRS 315 – 500 DPZ 210 130140 84730 67730 34560 22760 14780 9660 6500 7360
4

With counterbuffer:
The maximum mass which can be buffered is doubled when a counterbuffer of the same size is used. Masses acting on the buffer are the masses acting on the
corresponding part of the buffer depending on the distribution of masses of the structure when the buffer is impacted. The masses acting on cellular and rubber
buffers (DPZ, DPG) can be doubled when a counterpart buffer of the same size is used.
The values given in the table are the maximum masses which can be buffered. It must be considered that deceleration must not exceed 3 g.

4.4.3 DPG rubber buffer The damping material consists of compact elastic rubber. This material has differ-
ent characteristics to that of the cellular plastic buffers.
This buffer material should preferably be used under conditions of high humidity.
The buffer is fully functional at operating temperatures of – 30 °C to + 70 °C.
DPG rubber buffer – masses acting on the buffer

Rubber buffer Travel speed [m/min]

Limit switch k=70% to 14.3 to 17.9 to 22.9 to 28.6 to 35.7 to 45.0 to 57.1 to 71.4 to 90.0 to 114.3 to 142.9 to 178.6 to 228.6

Long travel k=85% to 11.8 to 14.7 to 18.8 to 23.5 to 29.4 to 37.1 to 47.1 to 58.8 to 74.1 to 94.1 to 117.6 to 147.1 to 188.2

Cross travel k=100% to 10.0 to 12.5 to 16.0 to 20.0 to 25.0 to 31.5 to 40.0 to 50.0 to 63.0 to 80.0 to 100.0 to 125.0 to 160.0

Wheel block Buffer max. mass which can be buffered [kg] without counterbuffer

DRS 112 – 500 DPG 63 17490 11190 6830 4370 2790 1760 1090 690

DRS 112 – 125 27360 17510 10680 6840 4370 2750 1710 1090
DPG 80
DRS 160 – 500 36000 23040 14060 9000 5760 3620 2250 1440

DRS 160 – 200 66600 42620 26010 16650 10650 6710 4160 2660 1670
DPG 100
DRS 250 – 500 72000 460080 28120 18000 11520 7250 4500 2880 1810

DRS 250 – 315 136080 87090 53150 34020 21770 13710 8500 5440 3420
DPG 160
DRS 315 – 500 193680 123950 75650 48420 30980 19510 12100 7740 4870

DRS 315 – 500 280800 179710 109680 70200 44920 28290 17550 11230 7070
DPG 200
external 455760 291680 178030 113940 72920 45930 28480 18230 11480
203352_3b-4_enGB_080812

With counterbuffer:
The maximum mass which can be buffered is doubled when a counterbuffer of the same size is used.
The values given in the table only apply for buffers when fitted direct to the wheel block.
The maximum masses which can be buffered by the given buffer may be used when fitted to the connecting structure.
The values given in the table (max. masses which can be buffered by the relevant buffer) apply for buffers when fitted to the connecting structure and
when fitted direct to the wheel block.

120
4.4.4 DPH hydraulic buffer The buffer is an enclosed system consisting of maintenance-free hydraulic ele-
ments. Owing to almost uniform deceleration, this buffer makes it possible to
achieve the smallest possible braking force for the shortest possible brake path.
The permissible ambient operating temperatures range from -12 °C to +90 °C for
adjustable and + 65 °C for self-adjusting buffers; using special seals and special oil
from -40 °C to +120 °C.
The maximum axial deviation of the impact direction from the piston rod axis is ap-
prox. 3°. Hydraulic buffers can be installed in any position.

DPH hydraulic buffer – masses acting on the buffer

Hydraulic buffer Travel speed [m/min]

Limit switch k=70% to 14.3 to 17.9 to 22.9 to 28.6 to 35.7 to 45.0 to 57.1 to 71.4 to 90.0 to 114.3 to 142.9 to 178.6 to 228.6

Long travel k=85% to 11.8 to 14.7 to 18.8 to 23.5 to 29.4 to 37.1 to 47.1 to 58.8 to 74.1 to 94.1 to 117.6 to 147.1 to 188.2

Cross travel k=100% to 10.0 to 12.5 to 16.0 to 20.0 to 25.0 to 31.5 to 40.0 to 50.0 to 63.0 to 80.0 to 100.0 to 125.0 to 160.0

Wheel block Buffer max. mass which can be buffered [kg] without counterbuffer

DRS 112 – 500 DPH 7 1000 790 600 370

DRS 112 – 500 DPH 25 10000 8000 6300 4000 2530 1590

DRS 112 – 500 DPH 80 8000 8000 8000 5000 3200 2010 1250 800

4
DRS 315 – 500 DPH 350 10000 10000 8800 7300 5000 3200 2040

The values given in the table are the maximum masses which can be buffered. It must be considered that the minimum mass to be buffered must not be less than
20 % of the table value due to the acceleration which occurs in the event of a buffer impact.
203352_3b-4_enGB_080812

121
4.5 Buffer dimensions
4.5.1 Buffer elements, DPZ cellular
plastic buffer

DPZ cellular plastic buffer DRS wheel Buffer Dimensions [mm]


block
w/o guide rollers with guide rollers
d1 d2 l1 l2 Threaded pins (2)

112 / DPZ 070 70 65 70 26 M12 x 30 M12 x 55


125 DPZ 100 100 95 100 26 M12 x 30 M12 x 55
160 /
200 DPZ 130 130 122 126 26 M12 x 30 M12 x 55

DPZ 160 160 155 150 40 M12 x 30 M12 x 55

DRS wheel Buffer Dimensions [mm]


block
d1 d2 l1 l2 Threaded pin (2)

DPZ 70 70 65 70 26 M12 x 30
41671244.eps
DPZ 100 100 95 100 26 M12 x 30
250 315 /
400 / DPZ 130 130 122 120 26 M12 x 30
500
DPZ 160 160 155 150 40 M12 x 30
4

– DPZ 210 210 200 200 68 M20 x 75

Solo fitting to DRS 112 – 200 units

41828744.eps

DRS 112 – 200


Guide roller fitting including spacer
elements
DRS wheel Buffer l4
block [mm]
DPZ 070
112 / 125 11 ± 0.5
DPZ 100

DPZ 070

DPZ 100
160 / 200 14 ± 0.5
DPZ 130 41828644.eps

DPZ 160
203352_3b-4_enGB_080812

41642344.eps
122
To ensure uniform buffer impact with a horizontal guide roller arrangement fitted to
only one wheel block, type E1/E2 spacers must be fitted between the buffer and
wheel block on the opposite side.

DRS 112 – 200 DRS wheel Buffer Spacer elements


block
E1 E2

s1 Part no. s2 Part no.

112 / DPZ 070 14 752 003 44 10.0 752 002 44


125 DPZ 100 20 752 005 44 12.5 752 004 44
160 /
200 DPZ 130 25 752 007 44 16.0 752 006 44

DPZ 160 4) 15 752 00844 21.0 752 009 44

End stop

41642544.eps

4
DRS wheel Buffer Buffer set part no.
block
Solo fitting to DRS
or connecting structure For compensating side incl. spacer For guide roller arrangement incl.
w/o spacer element element spacer element

112 / DPZ 070 860 810 46 1) 860 812 46 2) 860 811 46 3)


125 DPZ 100 860 814 46 1) 860 816 46 2) 860 815 46 3)
160 /
200 DPZ 130 860 818 46 1) 860 820 46 2) 860 819 46 3)

DPZ 160 860 822 46 1) 860 824 46 2) 860 823 46 3)

DRS 250 – 500 DRS wheel Buffer Buffer set part no.
block
Solo fitting to DRS
or connecting structure
w/o spacer element
DPZ 70 860 810 46 1)

DPZ 100 860 814 46 1)


250 315 /
400 / DPZ 130 860 818 46 1)
500
DPZ 160 860 822 46 1)

– DPZ 210 860 826 46 1)

End stop

42017444.eps
203352_3b-4_enGB_080812

1) Part no. includes buffer and threaded pin


2) Part no. includes buffer, threaded pin and spacer element
3) Part no. includes buffer, nut and spacer element
4) Only one type E2 spacer required 123
4.5.2 Buffer elements, DPG rubber
buffer
DPG rubber buffer DRS wheel Buffer Dimensions [mm]
block
w/o guide rollers with guide rollers
d1 d2 l1 l2 Threaded pin (2)

112 / DPG 063 063 56 067 26 M12 x 30 M12 x 55


125 160 /
DPG 080 080 71 084 26 M12 x 30 M12 x 55
200
– DPG 100 100 90 105 26 M12 x 30 M12 x 55

DRS wheel Buffer Dimensions [mm]


block
d1 d2 l1 l2 Threaded pin (2)

DPG 63 63 56 67 26 M12 x 30
41671744.eps DPG 80 80 71 84 26 M12 x 30
250 315 /
400 / DPG 100 100 90 105 26 M12 x 30
500
DPG 160 160 151 131 40 M12 x 30

– DPG 200 200 189 166 58 M20 x 75

Solo fitting to DRS 112 – 200 units


4

43442744.eps

DRS 112 – 200


Guide roller fitting including spacer
elements

DRS wheel Buffer l4


block [mm]
DPG 063
112 / 125 11 ± 0.5
DPG 080
DPG 063

160 / 200 DPG 080 14 ± 0.5

DPG 100 43442844.eps

l4
203352_3b-4_enGB_080812

43442944.eps
124
To ensure uniform buffer impact with a horizontal guide roller arrangement fitted to
only one wheel block, type E1/E2 spacers must be fitted between the buffer and
wheel block on the opposite side.

DRS wheel Buffer Spacer elements


DRS 112 – 200 block
E1 E2

s1 Part no. s2 Part no.

112 / DPG 063 14 752 003 44 10.0 752 002 44


125 160 /
DPG 080 20 752 005 44 12.5 752 004 44
200
– DPG 100 25 752 007 44 16.0 752 006 44

End stop

43443044.eps

4
DRS wheel Buffer Buffer set part no.
block
Solo fitting to DRS
or connecting structure For compensating side incl. spacer For guide roller arrangement incl.
w/o spacer element element spacer element

112 / DPG 063 860 834 46 1) 860 836 46 2) 860 835 46 3)


125 160 /
DPG 080 860 838 46 1) 860 840 46 2) 860 839 46 3)
200
– DPG 100 860 842 46 1) 860 844 46 2) 860 843 46 3)

DRS 250 – 500 DRS wheel Buffer Buffer set part no.
block
Solo fitting to DRS
or connecting structure
w/o spacer element
DPG 063 860 834 46 1)

DPG 080 860 838 46 1)


250 315 /
400 / DPG 100 860 842 46 1)
500
DPG 160 860 846 46 1)

- DPG 200 860 850 46 1)

End stop

42017444.eps
203352_3b-4_enGB_080812

1) Part no. includes buffer and threaded pin


2) Part no. includes buffer, threaded pin and spacer element
3) Part no. includes buffer, nut and spacer element 125
4.5.3 DPH hydraulic buffer The mounting variant with adapter, threaded pin and set nut can be fitted direct to
the DRS wheel block. Owing to more favourable force ratios, we recommend that
mounting variant II be provided for fitting to the customer’s support superstructure
in neck mounting configuration.

Mounting variant with adapter Mounting variant II


for solo fitting to DRS For fitting to fitted to the customer’s
support superstructure

Foot-mounted Neck-mounted

position
4

41546801.eps 41546802.eps

Size Energy Effective Hydraulic buffer Adapter Pin Part no.


absorption mass
Stroke Length Thread Weight 1)

Epu mpu H l1 d3 l3 d2 M l l2

[Nm] [kg] [kg]

DPH 7 113 2)
self-adjust- 68 + 25.4 150 102 23 0.26 M 12 167 40 811 294 44
M 25 x 1.5
ing 1130

500
DPH 25 UNF1¼
230 + 50.8 189 17 25.4 0.76 M 12 207 40 811 295 44
adjustable - 12
8000

54
DPH 80 UNF1¾
780 + 76.0 246 23 38 2.1 M 12 267 40 811 296 44
adjustable - 12
9500

DPH 350 1360 2)


self-adjust- 3390 + 152.0 450 38 60 4.7 M 20 478 40 811 297 44 N
M 64 x 2
ing 6800
203352_3b-4_enGB_080812

1) Part no. includes hydraulic buffer, nut, adapter, threaded pin and set nut
126 2) Second nut required for mounting variant II with foot or neck mounting configuration
203352_3b-4_enGB_080812

127
4
4.6 Horizontal
guide rollers
4.6.1 General Apart from lateral guidance by means of travel wheels with flanges, the system can
also be guided on the side by means of horizontal guide rollers. The benefits are
that no wear occurs on the flanges and noise development is considerably reduced
owing to the rolling movement of the guide rollers.

Lateral forces • Wheel blocks with flange guide arrangement


The permissible horizontal force on flange-guided wheel blocks must not ex-
ceed 20 % of the actual wheel load.
• Wheel blocks with roller guide arrangement
The permissible horizontal force on wheel blocks fitted with a roller guide ar-
rangement must not exceed 15 % of the actual wheel load. For DRS 112 –
DRS 200 with travel wheel variant E, the value must be limited to max. 12 %.
Exception: DRS 200 with top connection, the permissible horizontal force must
be limited to 10% of the actual wheel load. If higher horizontal loads are to be
expected, the roller guide arrangement can be fitted to the steel superstructure,
however, not to the wheel block.
• Wheel blocks with roller guide arrangement, fitted to the customer’s su-
perstructure
The guide roller arrangement as a solo part may transmit 20 % of the actual
4

wheel load when fitted to the customer’s superstructure.

Ordering information:
If a guide roller arrangement is specified in the type key when ordering a single
wheel block, this is prepared for fitting before leaving the factory. This ordering
information is of particular significance for wheel block sizes DRS 112 – 200.

Suitability of rail Important


For fitting the horizontal guide roller arrangement, make sure it is suitable for appli-
cation in conjunction with the rail fastening (see section 4.6.4) and the type of rail.
Guide rollers must not be used with rails that have sloping head flank surfaces
(see section 4.6.5).

203352_3b-4_enGB_080812

128
4.6.2 Horizontal guide rollers
DRS 112 – 200

s s
k = Rail width

42015744.eps
DRS 112 / 125 / 160 DRS 200

4
41641644.eps

Wheel Tightening Dimensions [mm]


block torques
[Nm]

Locking screw
1 2 3 smin smax a a7 bmin bmax b1 d h h1 h2 l l1 l3 m n

DRS 112 130 1 5 80.5 4.5 30 70 20.6 52 127 38 76.0 180 5 60 125.0 24.5

DRS 125 130 1 5 88.0 4.5 30 70 20.6 62 143 50 95.5 192 5 60 140.0 25.4

DRS 160 330 130 1 5 109.0 7.5 30 80 23.8 72 162 65 93.5 230 6 72 173.5 29.0

DRS 200 330 130 1 5 133.0 8.0 40 90 27.0 80 174 75 92.0 250 6 80 210.0 33.0

Wheel block Travel wheel type a Part no. Retrofitting set part no.

[mm] Horizontal guide roller assembly 1) Fitted to wheel block 2) Fitted to connecting structure 1)
B 81 753 610 44 753 611 44 753 610 44
DRS 112
E 87 753 710 44 753 711 44 753 710 44
B 88 752 210 44 752 211 44 752 210 44
DRS 125
E 98 752 310 44 752 311 44 752 310 44
203352_3b-4_enGB_080812

B 109 752 510 44 752 511 44 752 510 44


DRS 160
E 119 752 610 44 752 611 44 752 610 44
B 133 753 010 44 753 011 44 753 010 44
DRS 200
E 145 753 110 44 753 111 44 753 110 44

1) Part no. includes roller guide arrangement and bolted fastening parts
2) Part no. includes roller guide arrangement, bolted fastening parts and roll pins 129
4.6.3 Horizontal guide rollers
DRS 250 – 500

l3
a
n

m1 s k s
m
42015246.eps
4

The four-point bearing is sealed at the top with a labyrinth Spacer elements must be fitted
sealing washer and at the bottom with a metal plate. between the wheel block and roller
The bearing arrangement is lubricated for life. bracket for travel wheel type E

b2 l
a14
b3
1 d3
b4 d2
l4
l5

h1
a7

h2
h3
b5

b1

b1

d4
d1
d b

42015346.eps
203352_3b-4_enGB_080812

130
Wheel block Dimensions [mm]

smin smax a a7 kmin kmax bmin bmax b1 b2 b3 b4 b5 d d1

DRS 250 1 5 163 2.8 25 88 30 90 34.0 130 40 51 6 120 36

DRS 315 1 5 200 4.5 35 98 40 100 40.0 130 38 51 - 150 42

DRS 400 1 5 246 4.0 55 115 60 120 44.5 158 45 61 6 180 58

DRS 500 1 5 297 4.0 75 155 80 160 50.0 180 50 61 7 220 58

Wheel block Dimensions [mm]

d2 d3 d4 h1 h2 h3 l a14 l3 l4 l5 m m1 n
g6 ± 0.2
DRS 250 18 30 95 46 40 15 296 70 66 3.5 20 218.0 128 38.0

DRS 315 22 32 - 59 47 18 340 80 65 3.5 14 262.5 170 42.5

DRS 400 26 44 140 67 54 19 400 100 76 3.5 14 321.0 208 46.0

DRS 500 26 54 165 74 61 19 490 110 80 4.5 14 380.0 250 47.0

Wheel block Tightening torques Travel wheel Dimensions [mm] Retrofitting set part no.
[Nm] variant
Locking screw 2)

4
1 2 a d11H8 Fitted to wheel block or to the connecting structure

B 163.0 30 753 311 44


DRS 250 720 330
E 173.0 30 753 511 44 1)

B 200.0 32 754 011 44


DRS 315 720 720
E 212.5 32 754 211 44 1)

B 246.0 44 754 311 44


DRS 400 1220
E 266.0 44 754 511 44 1)

B 297.0 54 754 611 44


DRS 500 1220
E 317.0 54 754 811 44 1)
203352_3b-4_enGB_080812

1) Part no. includes a spacer element in addition to the roller guide arrangement and bolted fastening parts.
2) If the horizontal guide roller arrangement is not fitted to the wheel block, the corresponding connecting structure must be provided with 2 counterpart bore
holes with the specified diameter d11. Refer to section 3.2 for the distance of the bore holes.
131
4.6.4 Suitability of rail fastening in
combination with horizontal
guide roller arrangement

Flat rail, welded Suitability of flat rails and their fittings for the use of wheel blocks with horizontal
guide roller arrangement

Rail shape Suitable for guide roller arrangement

Flat rail DRS


DIN 1017 112 125 160 200 250 315 400 500
45 x 30 • • – – – – – –
45 x 45 • • • • • – – –
50 x 30 • • – – – – – –
50 x 40 • • • • – – – –
55 x 30 • • – – – – – –
55 x 55 • • • • • • – –
60 x 30 • • – – – – – –
60 x 40 • • • • (•) – – –
W 60 x 50 • • • • • • – –
s k s 60 x 60 • • • • • • – –
42770644.eps 65 x 40 • • • • (•) – – –
70 x 40 – – • • (•) – – –
4

70 x 50 – – • • • • (•) –
75 x 40 – – • • (•) – – –
80 x 40 – – – • (•) – – –
80 x 50 – – – • • • (•) –
90 x 60 – – – – – • • •
100 x 60 – – – – – – • •

(•) May be used for some applications. Check dimensions of guide roller arrangement, in particular in view
of the weld fixing the rail, production and assembly tolerances as well as any travel wheel diameter
wear.

Crane rail, clamped Suitability of crane rails and their fittings for the use of wheel blocks with horizontal
guide roller arrangement

Clamping plate for crane rail (RIW-NO 17942)


2)

43438344.eps

Rated size Application Girder width Clearance dim. Bore hole spacing
for rail for guide rollers
1) B min h4 W
16 A 45/A 55 207/232 34/45 171/196
18 A 65/A 75 257/282 53/63 221/246
203352_3b-4_enGB_080812

20 A 100 282 71 246


22 A 120 79
302 266
24 A 150 122

1) Allows for a 6 mm pad. Select the relevant rated size for other thicknesses. Use the next smaller rated size for the clamped version.
2) If horizontal guide roller arrangements are used, note the relevant dimensions.
132
Clamping plate for crane rail with alignment possibility (RIW-NO 17938)

2)
DIN 934 DIN 936

A S

43438244.eps

Rated size Crane rail Dimensions [mm]


Bolt
B1 B2 h2 h3 h4 Nut
with without
pad pad DIN 934 DIN 936 DIN 934 DIN 936

A 45 125 245 55 14 19
A 55 150 270 65 24 29
14 – A 65 175 295 75 34 39 M 16x40 M 16x35

4
A 75 85 44 49
200 320
A 100 95 54 50
A 45 125 245 55 15 20
A 55 – 150 270 65 25 30
18 M 16x45 M 16x40
A 65 175 295 75 35 40
– A 120 220 340 105 59 64
A 75 85 40 45
200 320
22 A 100 – 95 50 55 M 16x50 M 16x45
A 120 220 340 105 60 65

Suitability of guide roller


Crane rail Suitable for guide roller arrangement depending on rail fastening
arrangement for crane rails
A rail DRS
DIN 536 P1 112 125 160 200 250 315 400 500
A 45 W/K W/K W/K W W W – –
A 55 W/K/S W/K W/K W/K W/K W – –
A 65 W/K/A/S W/K/S W/K –
A 75 – – W/K/A/S W/K/S W/K –
A 100 – – – – – – W/K/S
A 120 – – – – – – – W/K/A/S
A 150 – – – – – – – W/K/A/S

Rail fastening method:


W: welded
K: bolted with clamping plate (RIW-NO 17942)
A: bolted with clamping plate and bolts to DIN 934 with alignment possibility
(RIW-NO 17938)
S : bolted with clamping plate and bolts to DIN 936 with alignment possibility
(RIW-NO 17938)
203352_3b-4_enGB_080812

2) If horizontal guide roller arrangements are used, note the relevant dimensions. 133
4.6.5 Suitability of rail head flange Horizontal guide rollers must not be used with rails that have sloping head flank
in combination with horizontal surfaces.
guide roller arrangement The table includes a selection of common rails and their head flank surface sloping
angle (see also section 2.7.5.1).

Suitability for horizontal guide


Rail type Head flank surface inclination w
rollers

Flat rail 0°

A-rail 0°

S-rail 0°

BSC-rail 0°

UIC-rail 2.86° –

QU / KR-rail 5.71° –

ARA-rail 3.57° / 3° –

ASCE-rail 0°

CR-rail
- 104LB / 105LB 0°
43443244.eps
- 135LB / 175LB 10° –
- 171LB 6° –
4

IS-rail 0°
JIS-rail
- JIS 37kg N 0°
- JIS 40kg N
- JIS 50kgN 1.43° –
- JIS 60kg
P-rail 0°

suitable – not suitable

203352_3b-4_enGB_080812

134
4.7 Rail sweeping system The on-board brush system largely keeps the rail clean. The nylon brush is fitted
to the wheel block in a bracket of galvanised steel plate. For fitting the rail cleaning
system, the wheel block must be prepared, i.e. threaded inserts on the end face
are required for DRS 125 – 200. These threaded inserts are included in the set.
The rail-cleaning system can also be fitted in combination with a buffer bracket.
The maximum buffer size that can be fitted to sizes DRS 125 – DRS 200 is DPZ
100 and DPG 100, respectively.
The rail-cleaning system in combination with horizontal guide rollers on the same
side of the wheel block is not possible.

DRS 125 - 200 DRS 250 - 500

4
42772044.eps 42791444.eps

Wheel block Part no.

DRS 125 752 432 44

DRS 160 / 200 301 733 84

DRS 250 / 315 752 920 44

DRS 400 / 500 752 921 44

4.8 Central drive unit shaft Under normal conditions, the shaft protection tube used in combination with the
greased splines offers protection against corrosion and external damage.
protection

DRS 112 – 400

Flexible plastic shaft protection tube 42740645.eps

Wheel block Splined shaft Shaft protection tube part no. 1)


profile
Track gauge [mm]
1000 - 1400 2240 - 3150
DRS 112 W30 300 390 84 300 391 84

DRS 125 W35 300 392 84 300 393 84

DRS 160 W45 300 394 84 300 395 84


203352_3b-4_enGB_080812

DRS 200 W50 300 396 84 300 397 84

DRS 250 W65 300 398 84 300 399 84

DRS 315 W75 300 400 84 300 401 84

DRS 400 W90 300 402 84 300 403 84

1) The part no. includes one long shaft protection tube which is cut to the two required lengths by the customer. 135
4.9 Options
4.9.1 Friction bearing with double- For extremely dusty and humid operation or at higher or extremely low ambient
sided sealing washers, temperatures, maintenance-free grooved ball bearings with double-sided sealing
DRS 112 – 200 washers must be used which ensure very good protection against dirt from the
outside.
These are suitable for temperatures from -30 °C to +110 °C.

4.9.2 Special ambient temperatures For application with other than standard ambient temperatures (-20°C to +40°C),
DRS 250 – 500 the load capacity reduction factor according to section 1.9 must always be com-
plied with.

Temperature range +70°C to +150°C At higher ambient temperatures, the tapered roller bearings are sealed with seal-
ings of Viton and filled with an appropriate high-temperature grease. They must be
relubricated by using lubricating nipples.
Whereas for standard ambient temperatures, the bearings are lubricated for life,
the bearings must be relubricated in accordance with the specified intervals at
higher ambient temperatures.
Under no circumstances should different types of grease be mixed.
The resistance of the paint is not always guaranteed at these temperatures.
For the specified temperature range of +70°C to +150°C, two different grease
types are available as an option which differ in the relubrication interval (see dia-
4

gram).

Low-tempera- Standard lubricant +70°C to +150°C Wi


10.000 t
ture grease Lubricated for life without High-temperature grease lu h ext
relubrication bri en
cat de
5.000 ing d
inte
rva
Operating time [h]

+70°C l
to +15
2.000 High-te
mperatu
0°C
re grea with
se lu sta
1.000 bric ndard
atin
g in
terv
500 al

200

-40 -30 -20 -10 0 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 80 90 100 110 120 130 140 150
Ambient temperature [°C]
43443444.eps

The time of operation at increased ambient temperatures is essential for determin-


ing the individual lubricating intervals.

Low temperature to -40°C At low temperatures of up to -40°C, a special low-temperature grease is used
which can be used in a temperature range of -40°C to +40°C. Relubrication is not
required in this case.
203352_3b-4_enGB_080812

136
4.9.3 Regreasing tapered roller The tapered roller bearings are lubricated for life. Under exceptional ambient con-
bearings, DRS 250 – 500 ditions, e.g. increased ambient temperature, however, relubrication according to
the specified maintenance interval must be ensured.

Relubrication at accessible side surfaces via screw-fitted flat nipple

second flat lubri-


cation nipple

Flat lubrication nipple


AM10x1 DIN 3404
Part no. 350 580 99 1)

41832944.eps

Relubrication on inaccessible side surfaces, e.g. due to fitted drive or superstructure. Flat lubrication nip-

4
ple part no. 350 580 99 can be used for the accessible side.

Detail X

90° relubrication line with AM10x1


DIN 3404 flat lubrication nipple
X (tube length 200 mm)
Part no. 752 910 44 2)

41832745.eps

Relubrication on inaccessible side surfaces, e.g. due to side connection or similar connecting struc-
tures. Flat lubrication nipple part no. 350 580 99 can be used for the accessible side.

Detail Y

Y
Straight relubrication line with AM10x1
DIN 3404 flat lubrication nipple
(tube length 200 mm)
203352_3b-4_enGB_080812

Part no. 752 911 44 2)


41832844.eps

1) Part no. includes 1 off flat lubrication nipple


2) Part no. contains complete lubrication unit including a tube clip to attach the lubricating line

137
4.9.4 Bore holes through top con- If the wheel block is fitted with the tread facing upwards, the bore hole serves as a
nection surface water drain opening, e.g. for operation outdoors.

4.9.5 Special paint finish


4.9.5.1 Special paint finish
DRS 112 – 200
Non-standard colour If a non-standard colour is requested (standard RAL 7001, silver grey), the pow-
der-coated wheel block is painted over.

Acid-resistant paint finish, outer The surfaces of wheel blocks with a powder-coated finish may be used in environ-
surfaces ments with acid vapours without any treatment. The gap between the two housing
parts and the cover is sealed with an acid-proof varnish. Wheel blocks must also
be fitted with ball bearings featuring double lip seals.

4.9.5.2 Special paint finish


DRS 250 – 500
Non-standard colour The wheel block housing can be painted in a non-standard colour (standard
RAL 7001, silver grey).

Multi-coat finish with standard paint In the case of increased requirements regarding the corrosion resistance, the paint
4

coat thickness may be increased by a double application of the standard paint.

Acid-resistant paint finish, outer Wheel blocks can be supplied with an acid protection paint finish for applications in
surfaces environments with acid vapours.

Multi-coat finish with dual- In the case of extremely high requirements regarding the corrosion resistance, a
component PUR paint multi-coat paint finish is applied with a dual-component Polyurethane paint. The
wheel block housing is then first prepared by sand-blasting with degree of purity
SA2.5.

4.9.5.3 Long-term preservation of Blank surfaces are provided with temporary corrosion protection for transport pur-
blank surfaces, DRS 112 – 500 poses. These can also be provided with long-term preservative on request.

203352_3b-4_enGB_080812

138
4.9.6 Travel wheels with hardened For operating conditions in which increased flange wear is likely (e.g. rails with
treads and wheel flanges extreme dirt accumulation by casting sand or similar), the treads and flanges of the
spheroidal graphite cast iron travel wheels are specially hardened.
Surface hardening is 56 ± 2 HRc with a hardening depth of 2 to 3 mm.
Hardening is intended only to minimise wear on the travel wheel. It does not in-
crease the load capacity.

Note: The travel wheels do not feature flange wear indicators in this case.

Treads and flanges hardened

with two flanges 1) with one flange 2)

4
cylindrical without flanges convex without flanges

43435344.eps

4.9.7 Alignment device


DRS 112 – 500

Laser device

Laser beam

Slot aperture
Target marker
41621344.eps

• Fast and optimum alignment of wheel blocks using the Demag alignment de-
vice.
• Only well aligned wheels reduce wear to a minimum. Achievable accuracy
with measuring device: 1.6 ‰. Depending on the applicable classification to
ISO 12488, lower tolerances are required for crane travel wheels, e.g. 0.5 ‰ in
class 2.
203352_3b-4_enGB_080812

• The sliding nut arrangement (DRS 112 to DRS 200) or the difference between
the threaded pin diameter to the bore hole diameter of the connecting structure
(DRS 250 to DRS 500) offers a lateral alignment path of ± 3 mm.
For further details: see assembly instructions 214 825 44
1) Type available from stock for DRS 200 b1 = 75 in basic design A and NA DRS 315 with tread b1 = 75 in basic design A75.
2) Type available from stock for DRS 250 with tread b1 = 75 in basic design A65 and NA. 139
5 Travel unit – rating and specification

A travel unit mainly consists of a travel drive and a wheel block.

5.1 Travel drives


5.1.1 Work cycle A work cycle is usually made up as shown in the following diagram, i.e. 1 x travel
to the left – pause, 1 x travel to the right – pause, with 3 starts being assumed on
average for each travel motion.

Drive with one speed

12 3 4 5 6

Travel to left Pause Travel to right Pause

Cycle

41629244.eps

Drive with two speeds

12 3 4 5 6
5

Travel to left Pause Travel to right Pause


Cycle

41629344.eps

The maximum number of cycles is calculated from:

v
S≈ · CDF
2·L

This equation applies on condition that the permissible number of starts is not
exceeded.

S = Number of cycles, work cycle to diagram for one or two speeds


[1/h]
CDF = Relative duty factor of the work cycle [%]
v = Average travel speed [m/min]
L = Travel path (single) with travel motor switched on [m]
203352_5-6_enGB_080812

140
5.1.2 Duty factor Duty factor

Load time Pause

Duration of cycle

41631544.eps

Intermittent duty The ratio of load time to the duration of the cycle is called the relative duty factor
(CDF). Recommended values to EN 600341 are 15, 25, 40 and 60 %. If a 10 min-
ute duration of cycle is not exceeded, the relative duty factor is calculated as fol-
lows:

Sum of load times


CDF = · 100 %
Sum of load times + pauses without current

If the duration of the cycle is greater than 10 minutes, service is considered to be


continuous duty or temporary duty.

Temporary duty For special operating conditions (e.g. long travel path) the ON-time must only be
long enough for the permissible limit temperatures not to be exceeded. In such

5
cases, temporary duty is permitted in place of intermittent duty. In this operating
mode, a travel motor which has cooled down to the temperature of the coolant may
be operated for a certain time with the travel load.
Minimum values for the ON-time for low and high-pole windings are given for the
individual groups of mechanisms in the table, section 5.1.3. No more than 10 starts
may occur during this ON-time.

Mixed duty Intermittent duty and temporary duty alternate in mixed operation. The permissible
limit temperatures must not be exceeded for this duty type.
The specified number of starts per hour applies for travel drives with one travel
speed for intermittent duty. In the case of travel motors for two travel speeds, the
values apply for both windings taken together.

The following conditions are assumed:

Low speed High speed

Starting frequency 2/3 1/3

Duty factor 1/3 2/3

The values apply to equal distribution over an hour. Other calculations are required
for flick-switching (inching operation).
203352_5-6_enGB_080812

141
5.1.3 Starts per hour Minimum values for the starts per hour, the context for the minimum values be-
tween duty factor, number of load cycles per hour and starts per hour are given in
the table (to FEM 9.683).
In practical operation, lower numbers of cycles may also occur in the lower groups
for the given number of starts and higher numbers of cycles, e.g. for automatic
operation, may occur in the higher groups. If travel motors are used in temporary
duty, e.g. for long travel paths, no more than 10 starts may occur. Minimum values
for the ON-time are given in the table for the individual groups of mechanisms.

Group of mechanisms Intermittent duty Temporary duty

ON-time

FEM ISO Cycles/h Starts/h CDF [%] low-pole high-pole

1 Dm M1 10 60 10 10 min 1.5 min

1 Cm M2 15 90 15 15 min 2.0 min

1 Bm M3 20 120 20 20 min 2.5 min

1 Am M4 25 150 25 25 min 3.0 min

2m M5 30 180 30 30 min 3.5 min

3m M6 40 240 40 40 min 4.0 min

4m M7 50 300 50 50 min 5.0 min

5m M8 ≥ 60 ≥ 360 60 > 60 min 6.0 min

For general orientation: low-pole ≤ 4-pole,


high-pole ≥ 6-pole
Important: Simultaneous intermittent and temporary duty is not permitted.
5

5.1.4 Efficient travel speed Travel speed vF of an installation should be selected on the basis of a reasonable
ratio to travel distance s.
The travel distance must be determined for the relevant application.

For crane installations the following generally applies:


Medium travel distance s = ½ crane runway length or crab runway length

160

100
v [m/min]

80
F

63

50

40

31,5

25

20

16

10
1 2 3 4 5 6 8 10 20 30 40 50 60 80 100 200

s [m]

41416644.eps
203352_5-6_enGB_080812

The diagram shows the travel speed as a function of the average travel path for
acceleration/braking of approx. 0.2 m/s2 and based on the assumption that the
average travel speed is approx. 85% of the rated travel speed.

142
5.1.5 Gearbox transmission ratio: Motor speed Travel speed
travel wheel/travel speed/mo-
[rpm] [m/min]
tor speed
4-pole 1450 5 6.3 8 10 12.5 16 20 25 31.5 40 50 63 80

2-pole 2900 10 12.5 16 20 25 31.5 40 50 63 80 100 125 160

Travel wheel
Required gearbox transmission ratio
diameter [mm]

112 102 82 64 51 41 32 25 20 16 13 10 8 6

125 114 91 71 57 46 36 28 23 18 14 11 9 7

160 146 117 91 73 58 46 36 29 23 18 15 12 9

200 182 146 114 91 73 58 46 36 29 23 18 15 11

250 228 182 142 114 91 72 57 46 36 28 23 18 14

315 287 230 179 143 115 91 72 57 46 36 29 23 18

400 364 292 228 182 146 116 91 73 58 46 36 29 23

500 456 364 285 228 182 145 114 91 72 57 46 36 28

For inverter operation with 4-pole motors in 87 Hz operation, the required gearbox
transmission ratios must be multiplied with 3

5.1.6 Full load hours according to Group of mechanisms Calculated total running time [h]
group of mechanisms
FEM ISO (Full load hours)

1 Bm M3 400

1 Am M4 800

2m M5 1600

5
3m M6 3200

4m M7 6300
5m M8 12500
203352_5-6_enGB_080812

143
5.2 Drive specification For the travel drive, the required balancing power at full load must be calculated;
the acceleration and deceleration must be checked.
As an alternative to the calculation, the drive can also be specified with the
Caldrive© software program or configuration can be completed with Drive
Designer. A further alternative for drive specification is provided by the diagrams in
Volume 3 of the Geared travel motors catalogue (203 013 44).
The balancing power can be calculated as follows:

Fw · v
PBal =

PBal = Balancing power [kW]


Fw = Travel resistance [N/t]
v = Travel speed [m/min]
 = Total efficiency of the drive system [–]
It comprises the efficiency of the installation A and the efficiency
of the gearbox Gear. A typical value for the efficiency of the
installation is A = 0.95, so that for travel units with offset gear-
boxes = 0.9 can be assumed.
For data on the gearbox efficiency Gear, refer to the geared mo-
tors catalogue.

5.2.1 Travel resistance The travel resistance mainly depends on


5

– the type of bearings (friction bearing / sliding bearing)


– the condition of the rail used (clean, dusty, sandy)
– the guidance and alignment of the wheels
– the travel wheel material
The travel resistance is composed of the rolling resistance, the friction moment of
the friction bearings and the forces from skewing.
Forces from incline or resistance such as wind forces or trailing cable resistance
must be recorded separately, as required.

Mfric L  180°
FW = froll · R + + μG · g · R · tan( · )
d/2 1000 

R = Wheel load [kg]


froll = Specific travel resistance [N/t]
Values see table
Mfric L = Friction moment of friction bearings [Nm]
Values see table
d = Travel wheel diameter [mm]
μG = Sliding friction value [–]
approx. 0.15 for spheroidal graphite cast iron travel wheel
on steel rail
203352_5-6_enGB_080812

g = Acceleration of gravity: 9.81 m/s2


 = Skewing [‰]
Enter value in ‰,
For information: 0.5‰ correspond to 0.0286°
144
5.2.1.1 Spheroidal graphite cast iron Wheel block Travel wheel diam- Specific rolling resistance Friction bearing friction
travel wheel material eter moment
d [mm] froll [N/t] Mfric L [Nm]
112 155
DRS 112
126 140

125 141
DRS 125
145 123

160 112
DRS 160
183 99

200 92
DRS 200
226 82

250 69
DRS 250 12.5 ±4.5
270 64
315 54
DRS 315 27 ±7
340 50
400 43
DRS 400 42.5 ±7.5
440 39
500 34
DRS 500 58.5 ±8.5
545 31

The specified values apply for the standard travel wheel types A, B, D and E. Con-
tact the supplier for special travel wheel contours (travel wheels for V rails, con-
cave travel wheels).

5.2.1.2 Hydropur travel wheel tyre Travel wheels with Hydropur-elastomer rims 94 ±2 Shore ‘A’
The traction resistance of travel wheels depends largely on the deformation at the
point on which the wheel stands. In the case of Hydropur-elastomer wheels, the
deformation varies as a function of load and time. The specific traction resistances
are given for 3 possible cases of operation:
Case A: Traction resistance in the travel wheel after several revolutions in opera-

5
tion. Deformation from the rest state has been smoothed out.
Case B: Traction resistance after being at rest for 10 minutes under full load (ini-
tial traction resistance).
Case C: Traction resistance after being at rest for two days under full load (initial
traction resistance).

Wheel block Travel wheel diam- Specific travel resistance FW [N/t]


eter
d [mm] Case A Case B Case C

DRS 112 130 158 219 268

DRS 125 140 150 211 264

DRS 160 180 126 186 253

DRS 200 225 108 167 243

5.2.1.3 Polyamide travel wheel Wheel block Travel wheel diam- Specific travel resistance FW [N/t]
material eter
d [mm]

DRS 112 130 136

DRS 125 140 127

DRS 160 180 101


203352_5-6_enGB_080812

DRS 200 225 82

145
5.2.2 Acceleration and braking The following formulas are used for calculating the
acceleration and deceleration rates

Fa – FW FBr + FW
a= aBr =
mMH +∑R mMBr +∑R

with:
drive force

n
Fa = AM · MH · · 2 · ·
v

brake force

n 1
FBr = AM · MBr · · 2 · ·
v 

motor mass, run-up

mMH = mM · 
5

motor mass, braking

1
mMBr = mM ·


where:
motor mass

n 2
mM = 4 · 2 · AM · JMot · (v)

AM = Number of motors [–]


MH = Average run-up torque [Nm]
n = Motor speed [rpm]
v = Speed [m/min]
MBr = Brake torque [Nm]
Brake torque of the motor from geared motors catalogue,
with the designation: MB
∑R = Sum total of the wheel loads [kg]
Fw = Travel resistance [N]
 = Overall installation efficiency [–]
JMot = Moment of inertia of the motor [kgm2]
203352_5-6_enGB_080812

146
5.2.3 Motor starting frequency Starting-up via the 8-pole winding (starting at slow speed) results in a starting-up
time from slow speed v1 to fast speed v2

v2 – v1
t=
a2

results in a starting frequency for the 2-pole winding with starting-up by pole-
changing of

A
c=
t

for the slow speed with the starting-up time from v = 0 to v1

v1
t1 =
a1

the starting-up time for motors with one speed can also be calculated based on
this formula

which results in a starting frequency for the 8-pole winding of

A
c=

5
t1

t, t1 = Starting-up time [s]


v1, v2 = Speed [m/min]
a, a1 = Acceleration [m/s2]
A = Starting frequency per hour with
starting-up time of 1 sec [c/h·s]
203352_5-6_enGB_080812

147
5.2.4 Friction of the brake The next step is to check the brake
with:
moment of inertia of the mass displaced with reference to the motor shaft,

∑R · v2
Jload = ·
4 · 2 · n2

total moment of inertia

Jtot = Jmot + Jload

and load torque

Pbal · 
ML =
n

resulting in friction of:

1 MBr
WR = · Jtot · (2 ·  · ∆n)2 ·
2 MBr + ML
5

The starting frequency of the brake with calculated friction can be checked by us-
ing the ‘Permissible friction per braking operation depending on starting frequency
per hour’ diagrams from the geared motors catalogue.

Jload = Moment of inertia of the load [kgm2]


Jtot = Total moment of inertia [kgm2]
WR = Friction of the brake [Ws]
203352_5-6_enGB_080812

148
5.2.5 Travel wheel slip torque The gearing of the gearbox is durable for the specified rated torque. The service
life is only limited by the friction bearings, the sealing rings or the lubricant.
In addition, the gearbox must be checked for a gearbox limit load which may occur
when the travel wheels slip or if the travel unit collides with the buffers.
With uniform distribution of the weight, this results in

Total weight
Rmax =
Number of wheels

with an adhesion coefficient for spheroidal graphite cast iron travel wheels of μ =
0.2, a travel wheel slip torque of

d Number of driven wheels


Mpu = Rmax · μH · g · ·
2 Number of motors

Rmax = max. wheel load [kg]


Mpu = Travel wheel slip torque [Nm]
μH = Friction coefficient [–]
approx. 0.2 for spheroidal graphite cast iron travel wheel on steel rail

The gearbox limit torque of the gearboxes is specified in Volume 3 of the Geared
travel motors catalogue (203 013 44).

If Mpu < Mlimit, the gearbox is adequately dimensioned for the application with pos-
sible travel wheel slip torque.

5
Without travel wheel slip torque If Mpu > Mlimit, a larger gearbox must be used or the special load situation of ‘travel
wheel slip torque’ e.g. when there is an impact with the buffer must be excluded.
The assignment of the drives in Volume 3 of the Geared travel motors catalogue
(203 013 44) is made without taking the travel wheel slip torque into account.
203352_5-6_enGB_080812

149
5.3 Determining the The maximum permissible wheel load for a wheel block is determined by the mini-
mum of:
maximum permissible
• the travel wheel – rail components, determined over the entire operating time
wheel load
• the wheel block component at increased ambient temperatures or low-tempera-
ture applications
• the wheel block and connection components, determined on the basis of the
number of load changes / vibrations

Rmax perm = Minimum [Rperm (rail) : Rperm (temperature : Rperm (wheel block)]

Rmax perm = Permissible wheel load for one wheel block


Rperm (rail) = Permissible wheel load for travel wheel/rail combination
for linear or point contact (sections 2.7.4 and 2.7.5)
Rperm (temperature) = Permissible wheel load from temperatures (section 1.9)
Rperm (wheel block) = Permissible wheel load for wheel block and connections (sec-
tion 5.3.4)

5.3.1 Determining the mechanisms The mechanisms are classified in groups depending on duty in order to apply the
according to duty given calculation principles.
The group to which a mechanism belongs is determined by the factors
• Operating time class
• Load spectrum
• Load cycle range
5

Operating time class The operating time class specifies the average operating time of a mechanism per
day. A mechanism is considered to be in operation when it is in motion.
For mechanisms which are not used regularly throughout a year, the average oper-
ating time per day is defined by the ratio of the annual operating time to 250 work-
ing days per year.
Higher operating time classes are only reached in multiple-shift operation.

Operating time class Average daily operating time [h/d]

V 0.06 T0 ≤00.12

V 0.12 T1 ≤ 00.25

V 0.25 T2 ≤ 00.5

V 0.5 T3 ≤ 01

V1 T4 ≤ 02

V2 T5 ≤ 04

V3 T6 ≤ 08

V4 T7 ≤ 16

V5 T8 > 16
203352_5-6_enGB_080812

150
Average cubic wheel load The load spectrum defines to what degree to which a mechanism or a part of it is
subject to its maximum load or only smaller loads.
The cubic average value k with reference to the load capacity is required for exact
classification in the group. This value is calculated using the following equation:

3
Raverage = √(R1 + R0)3 · t1 + (R3 + R0)3 · t2 + (R3 + R0)3 · t3 + ...+ R03 · t∆

Raverage
k=
Rmax

Raverage = Average cubic wheel load of the load spectrum [kg]


Ri = Load steps of the application without dead load [kg]
R0 = Dead load [kg]
ti = Operating time of load step in relation to the total operating time [–]
t∆ = Operating time with mere dead load in relation to the total operating
time [–]
k = Cubic average value of the wheel load [–]
Rmax = Max. load capacity, according to table [kg]
in addition, it must be observed that the highest load
of the application is (Ri + R0) ≤ Rmax
Maximum wheel loads of the wheel Wheel block Rmax [kg]
block system
DRS 112 3500

DRS 125 5000

DRS 160 7000

DRS 200 10000

5
DRS 250 16000

DRS 315 22000

DRS 400 30000

DRS 500 40000

Load spectra A distinction is made between four load spectra which are indicated by the ranges
of the cubic average values k.
See also section 2.2.

Load spectrum Cubic average value


L 1 (light) k ≤ 0.5
L 2 (medium) 0.5 < k ≤ 0.63
L 3 (heavy) 0.63 < k ≤ 0.8
L 4 (very heavy) 0.8 < k ≤ 1
203352_5-6_enGB_080812

151
Load cycle ranges Depending on the operating conditions, the total number N of load cycles for the
wheel block may be equal to the number of operating cycles or a multiple thereof;
a load cycle is understood to be each single loading and unloading between pick-
up and depositing of a load and an operating cycle is understood to be the move-
ments required to carry out a complete handling operation.

N1 ≤ 2 · 105 Load cycles

N2 ≤ 6 · 105 Load cycles

N3 ≤ 2 · 106 Load cycles

N4 ≤ 6 · 106 Load cycles

Load cycle ranges N1 to N4 are taken from DIN 15018 (calculation of steel sup-
porting structures for cranes).

Assignment of ISO definitions to FEM V 0.06 V 0.12 V 0.25 V 0.5 V1 V2 V3 V4 V5


Operating time
FEM definitions classes ISO T0 T1 T2 T3 T4 T5 T6 T7 T8

FEM 1 2 3 4
Load spectra
ISO L1 L2 L3 L4

Groups of mecha- FEM 1 Dm 1 Cm 1 Bm 1 Am 2m 3m 4m 5m


nisms ISO M1 M2 M3 M4 M5 M6 M7 M8

5.3.2 Determining according to the The group of mechanisms is determined for all parts of the wheel block whose
5

group of mechanisms failure parameters are measured according to the number of revolutions and/or the
total operating time.
Using the operating time classes and the load spectra, the mechanisms are classi-
fied in 8 groups of mechanisms.

Load Cubic average Operating time class


spectrum value
V 0.06 V 0.12 V 0.25 V 0.5 V1 V2 V3 V4 V5

T0 T1 T2 T3 T4 T5 T6 T7 T8

Average daily operating time [h]

≤ 0.12 ≤ 0.25 ≤ 0.5 ≤1 ≤2 ≤4 ≤8 ≤ 16 > 16

1 L1 0.00 < k ≤ 0.50 – – 1 Dm 1 Cm 1 Bm 1 Am 2m 3m 4m

2 L2 0.50 < k ≤ 0.63 – 1 Dm 1 Cm 1 Bm 1 Am 2m 3m 4m 5m

3 L3 0.63 < k ≤ 0.80 1 Dm 1 Cm 1 Bm 1 Am 2m 3m 4m 5m –

4 L4 0.80 < k ≤ 1.00 1 Cm 1 Bm 1 Am 2m 3m 4m 5m – –

Classification of mechanisms in groups makes it possible to define the same


expected service life in years (≈ 10 years) for all load spectra and average daily
operating times. This assumes that the service life of the individual components is
dependent on the cubic number of the load.
Doubling the average daily operating times in the operating time classes or dou-
bling the component parts service life is achieved
• by transferring to a lower load spectrum within a group (1.25 interval),
203352_5-6_enGB_080812

• by reducing the load capacity by a factor of 1.25 on changing to a higher group


within a load spectrum.
Using the defined group of mechanisms, the corresponding permissible wheel load
for the travel wheel/rail combination Rperm (rail) can be found in sections 2.7.4
and 2.7.5.

152
5.3.3 Checking the wheel block
selection
Raverage ≤ Rperm

Rperm = Permissible wheel load of wheel blocks depending on the FEM/ISO


classification (sections 2.7.4 and 2.7.5) [kg]

5.3.4 Estimating the wheel block Using section 5.1.6, it is possible to determine the wheel block service life on the
service life basis of the classification according to groups of mechanisms. This does not con-
sider special loads and other external influences.

( )
Rperm p

Raverage
La (DRS) = Lh (FEM/ISO) ·
dA · taverage

La (DRS) = Nominal wheel block service life [a]


Lh (FEM / ISO) = Full load hours (section 5.1.6) [h]
Raverage = Average cubic load of the load spectrum (section 5.3.1) [kg]
dA = Number of working days per year (250 days / years) [d/a]
taverage = Average daily operating time (section 5.3.1) [h/d]
p = Service life exponent [–] (DRS 112 – DRS 200) p = 3
(DRS 250 – DRS 500) p = 3.33

5
5.3.5 Determining according to the The number of service life load cycles is determined for all parts of the wheel block
number of service life load whose failure parameters are measured according to the number of load changes.
cycles for wheel blocks and
connections

Rperm (wheel block) = Rmax · fa

Rperm (wheel block) = Permissible wheel load for wheel block and connections [kg]
Rmax = Maximum wheel load of the wheel block system
(section 5.3.1) [kg]
fa = Utilisation factor of the wheel block system (section 5.3.6) [–]

Determining the utilisation factor fa on the basis of the load spectrum and the load
cycle range represents the relationship between FEM 9.511 and DIN 15018.
203352_5-6_enGB_080812

153
5.3.6 Determining the number of A number of load changes x with pick-up and depositing of a load is assumed per
load cycles operating cycle. This results in the wheel block duration of utilisation from the num-
ber of load cycles as in section 5.3.4.

N = La (DRS) · dA · ncycle · taverage · x

N = Number of load cycles over the total service life [LW]


La (DRS) = Nominal wheel block service life [a]
ncycle = Work cycles [cycles/h]
taverage = Average daily operating time (section 5.3.1) [h/d]
dA = Number of working days per year (250 days / years) [d/a]
x = Number of load changes per work cycle [LW/cycle]

Utilisation factor fa N1 N2 N3 N4
Load spectrum
≤ 2 · 105 ≤ 6 · 105 ≤ 2 · 106 ≤ 6 · 106

L1 1 1 0.95 0.7

L2 1 1 0.85 0.65

L3 1 0.9 0.7 0.55


5

L4 1 0.8 0.6 0.5

The utilisation factor determines the maximum percentage utilisation of the maxi-
mum wheel load as a function of load spectrum L and the number of load cycles
selected on the basis of the total service life.

203352_5-6_enGB_080812

154
5.4 Selection example
components for a
4-wheel carriage

5.4.1 Project description Project for a tool-changing carriage corresponding to the diagram below.

2100

R1.1
R1.2

2500

R2.1 R2.2

43436544.eps

5
The carriage is to transport materials of various weights. The carriage is to have
four wheels, the wheel load is to be distributed evenly over the four wheels.

5.4.2 Known data Deadweight of the carriage: mdead = 10000 kg


Maximum payload: mload = 22000 kg
Total weight: mtot = 32000 kg
Required travel speed: v1 = 20 m/min
Positioning speed: v2 = 05 m/min
Travel path length: lpath = 8m
Rail type: 45 x 30 flat rail, DIN 1017
material (S 355 J2 G3) St 52-3
Travel wheel type: GJS (GGG) travel wheel with 2 flanges
Temperature range: – 10 °C to + 40 °C
Connection variant: Top connection K
Total service life: approx. 10 years
Daily operating time: 8 hours

Note: If the travel wheel and rail assignment is unknown, refer to the notes in section 2.7.
Recommendation: Check the defined speed for efficiency in accordance with sec-
tion 5.1.4. Based on the assumption that s = 1/2 runway length = 4 m, an efficient
travel speed of VF ≈ 22 m/min results from the diagram.
203352_5-6_enGB_080812

155
5.4.3 Determining the group of The permissible wheel loads are determined on the basis of the group of mecha-
mechanisms and the number nisms and the number of service life load cycles by the number of load cycles and
of service life load cycles calculation according to revolutions (FEM 9.511).

Determine the operating time class Time to load the carriage: tload = 30 sec
Travel path of carriage: spath = 4.5 m
Load transfer time: ttrans = 30 sec
Pause between two cycles tpause = 60 sec

Assumed average speed: vm = 18 m/min


spath
Travel time per forward and reverse travel: tpath = = 15 sec
vm
Travel path per cycle: scycle = 2 · spath = 9 m
Total travel time of carriage per cycle: trun = 2 · tpath= 30 sec

Operating cycle of a pole-changing travel motor (example)

20
Speed [m/min]

05

Load the car- Travel with Unload the Return Pause of approx. 1 min
riage load carriage empty
0 m/min
5

0 30s 15s 30s 15s


Time
[sec]
43436644.eps

Total cycle time: tcycle = tload + ttravel + ttrans = 90 sec

Number of cycles per hour: 1h


ncycle = = 24 cycles/h
tcycle + tpause
This operating cycle is used in single-shift operation, i.e. the daily operating period
is tday = 8 hours

Average carriage daily operating time: taverage = ttravel · ncycle · tday = 1.6 hours

According to section 5.3.1, taverage ≤ 2h implies operating time class V1/T4.

Operating time class Average daily operating time [h/d]


V 0.06 T0 ≤ 0.12

V 0.12 T1 ≤ 0.25

V 0.25 T2 ≤ 0.5

V 0.5 T3 ≤1

V1 T4 ≤2

V2 T5 ≤4

V3 T6 ≤8
203352_5-6_enGB_080812

V4 T7 ≤ 16

V5 T8 > 16

156
Determine the load spectrum The load spectrum indicates to what degree a mechanism is subject to its maxi-
mum load or smaller loads.
The cubic average value k with reference to the load capacity is required for exact
classification in the group. The ratio of the average cubic load, from the load spec-
trum, to the maximum load capacity must be calculated.

The wheel loads for operation of the carriage are to be distributed as follows in this
example:

Wheel loads [kg] Frequency [%]

8000 25

7200 20

5800 5

2500 50

Load spectrum of a travel wheel

Load [kg]

8000 kg
7200 kg

Average wheel
load
5800 kg

2500 kg Wheel load due to dead weight

5
25% 20% 5% 50%
Time
100% [%]

43436744.eps

The average wheel load amounts to:


3
Raverage = √ (80003 · 0.25) + (72003 · 0.2) + (58003 · 0.05) + (25003 · 0.5) kg

Raverage = 6039 kg

Wheel block selection The maximum wheel load for this application is 8000 kg.
A DRS 200 is initially selected from the load capacity tables in section 5.3.1 with a
max. load capacity Rmax = 10.000 kg.

The cubic average value is calculated based on the max. permissible wheel load
and the average wheel load:
203352_5-6_enGB_080812

Raverage 6039 kg
k= = = 0.6039
Rmax 10.000 kg

This corresponds to load spectrum L2 (medium)


157
Determine the group of mechanisms Load spectrum L2 and operating time class V1 result in
Group of mechanisms 1 Am according to section 5.3.2.

Operating time class


V V V
V 0.5 V1 V2 V3 V4 V5
0.06 0.12 0.25
Load Cubic average
spectrum value T0 T1 T2 T3 T4 T5 T6 T7 T8

Average daily operating time [h]

≤ 0.12 ≤ 0.25 ≤ 0.5 ≤1 ≤2 ≤4 ≤8 ≤ 16 > 16

1 L1 0.00 < k ≤ 0.50 – – 1 Dm 1 Cm 1 Bm 1 Am 2m 3m 4m

2 L2 0.50 < k ≤ 0.63 – 1 Dm 1 Cm 1 Bm 1 Am 2m 3m 4m 5m

3 L3 0.63 < k ≤ 0.80 1 Dm 1 Cm 1 Bm 1 Am 2m 3m 4m 5m –

4 L4 0.80 < k ≤ 1.00 1 Cm 1 Bm 1 Am 2m 3m 4m 5m – –

According to FEM 9.511, classification into groups of mechanisms results in a


service life of approx. 10 years.

5.4.4 Checking the wheel block Determine the permissible wheel load for the rail/travel wheel combination
selection
From section 2.7.4.2 with
• Speed v1 = 20 m/min
• Group of mechanisms 1 Am
• Rail width 45 mm
• Cylindrical travel wheel on flat rail.
5

Group of mecha-
Permissible wheel load [kg]
nisms Useful rail
head width
[mm] Travel speed [m/min]
FEM ISO
12.5 16 20 25 31 40 50 63 80 100 125 160

30 07080 06570 06150 05750 05360 04990 04670 04360 04050 03790 03550 03290

35 08260 07670 07170 06710 06260 05830 05450 05080 04730 04420 04140 03840

1 Am M4 40 09440 08770 08200 07670 07150 06660 06230 05810 05410 05060 04730 04390

45 09860 9220 08630 08050 07490 07010 06540 06080 05690 05320 04940

50 09580 08940 08320 07780 07260 06760 06320 05910 05490


10000
≥ 55 09840 09160 08560 07990 07440 06950 06500 06040

According to section 2.7.4.2 the max. permissible wheel block load capacity of
9220 kg is given for the wheel-to-rail contact.
According to section 5.3, the max. permissible wheel load results from the mini-
mum of Rperm (rail), Rperm (temperature) and Rperm (wheel block).
According to section 1.9, the following is given with factor fSt for the rail material
(St52-3 in the example) and factor fk for the temperature (up to max. 40 °C in the
example)

Rperm (rail) = Rperm (linear) · fSt = 9220 kg · 1 = 9220 kg


Rperm (temperature) = Rperm (linear) · fk = 9220 kg · 1 = 9220 kg

Rperm (wheel block) indicates the permissible wheel load from wheel block and con-
nections for the number of load changes. Usually this value does not limit the
permissible load capacity as is shown by the following verification according to
203352_5-6_enGB_080812

sections 5.4.5 and 5.4.6.

158
Wheel block service life According to section 5.3.3, the wheel block service life is estimated as follows

( )
Rperm p

Raverage
La (DRS) = Lh (FEM/ISO) ·
dA · taverage

On the basis of 800 hours of full load service life in group of mechanisms 1 Am
(see section 5.1.6) for this example and the 250 working days per year assumed
according to FEM, this service life in years results:

( )
9220 3

6039
L a(DRS) = 800 · ~ 7.1 years
250 · 1.6

The next larger wheel block must be selected if a higher service life is required.

5.4.5 Determining the number of According to section 5.3.6, they are calculated as follows:
service life load cycles
N = La (DRS) · dA · ncycle · taverage · x

A theoretical load changing operation with load pick-up and load depositing is car-
ried out for each operating cycle. For practical purposes (e.g. for aligning the tool
on the carriage and depositing it at an intermediate position) x = 3 load changing
operations per operating cycle is assumed.

5
N = 7.1 a · 250 d/a · 24 cycles/h · 1.6 h/d· 3 LW/cycle = 205.500 LW

With N (205.500) ≤ N 2 (6 · 105) and load spectrum L2, a utilisation factor of


fa = 1.0 according to section 5.3.6 results for this example

N1 N2 N3 N4
Load spectrum
≤ 2 · 105 ≤ 6 · 105 ≤ 2 · 106 ≤ 6 · 106

L1 1 1 0.95 0.7

L2 1 1 0.85 0.65

L3 1 0.9 0.7 0.55

L4 1 0.8 0.6 0.5

5.4.6 Determining the permissible The max. permissible wheel load for wheel block and connections can be calcu-
wheel load lated as follows:

Rperm (wheel block) = Rmax · fa = 10.000 · 1 = 10.000 kg

Rmax perm = Minimum [Rperm (rail) : Rperm (temperature) : Rperm (wheel block)]

Rmax perm = Minimum [ 9220 kg : 9220 kg : 10.000 kg ] = 9220 kg


203352_5-6_enGB_080812

159
5.4.7 Buffer selection DPZ cellular foam buffers are the standard buffers for the DRS wheel block sys-
tem. From section 4.4.2 this implies for:
Travel speed vF = 20 m/min
Cross travel (no speed reduction measures) k = 100%
Maximum mass to be buffered mtot = 32000 kg distributed on 2 buffers per side:
without counterbuffer: mpu = 16000 kg
with counterbuffer: mpu = 08000 kg

DPZ cellular plastic buffer

Cellular plastic buffer Travel speed [m/min]


Limit switch k=70% to 14.3 to 17.9 to 22.9 to 28.6 to 35.7 to 45.0 to 57.1 to 71.4 to 90.0

Long travel k=85% to 11.8 to 14.7 to 18.8 to 23.5 to 29.4 to 37.1 to 47.1 to 58.8 to 74.1

Cross travel k=100% to 10.0 to 12.5 to 16.0 to 20.0 to 25.0 to 31.5 to 40.0 to 50.0 to 63.0

DRS wheel Buffer max. mass which can be buffered [kg] without counterbuffer
block
112 – 400 DPZ 70 6400 4170 2600 1710 1120 730 480

112 – 400 DPZ 100 22230 14500 9080 5980 2960 2610 1710 1160

160 – 400 DPZ 130 48480 31670 19660 12900 8500 5560 3610 2460

200 – 400 DPZ 160 87300 66760 34720 22740 14960 9760 6330 7270

400 DPZ 210 130140 84730 67730 34560 22760 14780 9660 6500 7360

The DPZ 160 buffer is able to buffer 22740 kg at 20 m/min. For the DPZ 160, a
5

counterbuffer is not necessary.


If a DPZ 130 selected, 12900 kg can be buffered. In this case, a counterbuffer with
the same size is required.

203352_5-6_enGB_080812

160
5.4.8 Guide arrangement The carriage is to be fitted with travel wheels with flanges. A travel wheel tread
of b = 55 mm is required for the 45 x 30 flat rail in this example.

Wheel Travel wheel


Travel wheel variant Travel wheel tread b1 [mm] 1) Rail width
block width
Standard travel wheel type
A D [mm] to to 2) A D k

DRS 112 80 60 62 47, 55, 60 47 40...60

DRS 125 80 60 62 47, 55, 60 47, 60 40...60

DRS 160 89 65 67 47, 55, 60, 65 47, 65 40...65

DRS 200 101 67 75 55, 60, 65, (75 2)) 65 50...70

DRS 250 110 77 80 52, 60, 65, 70, 75 65, 75 50...75

DRS 315 130 90 96 65, 75, 80, 90 80, 90 60...90

DRS 400 155 110 - 75, 80, 90, 110 80, 110 65...100

DRS 500 170 110 - 90, 110 90, 110 70...100


41617944.eps

Distance s on each side


min. 1 mm / max. 5 mm, If an exact guide arrangement is required, we recommend the carriage be fitted
Tolerance class 2 to VDI 3576 with wheel blocks featuring guide flanges on one side (e.g. on each rail, inside) or
a horizontal roller guide arrangement (rail head width +2 mm).
GJS-700-2 (GGG 70) spheroidal-
graphite cast iron travel wheel

5
203352_5-6_enGB_080812

1) DRS 112 – 200 available in steps of 1 mm


2) Hardened travel wheels (treads and flanges), for DRS 112 – 200, flanges without wear indicator 161
5.4.9 Select the travel drive In this example, the specification variant using the Geared travel motors catalogue,
which is described in section 5.2, is demonstrated. Make a preliminary selection
using the quick selection table for gearbox/motor combinations.
For: - Travel wheel 200
- GJS spheroidal graphite cast iron travel wheel material
- ZBF motor with offset gearbox
- Two speeds (pole-changing), line-fed operation
you find the following diagram:

v 2.5/ 3.15/ 4/ 5/ 6.3/ 8/ 10/ 12.5/ 16/


[m/min.] 10 12.5 16 20 25 31.5 40 50 63.0

135
A . . 30 i 109 86.4 71.9 55.7 45.5 36.1 29.2
156
Gearbox
A . . 40 i 184 150 115 91.1 73.8 55.7 44.3 36.1 28.1

A . . 50 i 142 87.0 56.4 46.7

Mass m per drive in kg

100

1400 23 11 1 2 3

2800

4200

5600 5

7000

8400

9800
5

11200 12 5

12600

14000

15400 24 13

16800 7 9 19

18200

19600 15

21000 21

22400

23800

25200 17

26600 25

28000

29400 21

30800

32200 29 19

33600

35000

36400

37800 27 39 31 33

35
203352_5-6_enGB_080812

39200

40600
37

162
Gearbox/motor combination 29 is the result

Combination no. Gearbox Motor CDF [%] Output [kW] Speed [rpm]

23 ZBF 63 A 8/2 0.06/0.25 675/2745

24 ZBF 71 A 8/2 0.09/0.34 675/2785

25 ZBF 80 A 8/2 0.13/0.50 630/2790

26 ZBF 80 A 12/2 0.06/0.50 415/2790

27 ZBF 90 B 8/2 0.20/0.80 690/2765


AME 40 TD
28 ZBF 90 B 12/2 0.12/0.80 425/2765

29 ZBF 100 A 8/2 0.29/1.20 685/2760


40
30 ZBF 100 A 12/2 0.18/1.20 420/2750

31 ZBF 112 A 8/2 0.46/1.90 705/2855

32 ZBF 112 A 12/2 0.33/1.90 450/2855

33 ZBF 132 A 8/2 0.72/2.90 700/2815

34 ZBF 132 A 12/2 0.50/2.90 455/2815


ADK 50 DD
35 ZBF 132 B 8/2 0.88/3.50 700/2860

36 ZBF 132 B 12/2 0.60/3.50 455/2860

The required transmission ratio of i = 91.1 can be taken from the diagrams in addi-
tion with gearbox size AME 40 TD.

Suitability for central drive arrange- In accordance with section 2.5, check whether the selected geared motor is suit-

5
ment able for central drive arrangement.

Wheel block
DRS 112 DRS 125 DRS 160 DRS 200 DRS 250
Motor
A offset gearbox
A 10 A 20 A 20 A 30 A 30 A 40 A 40 A 50 A 50 A 60
ZB. 63/71 ● ● ● ● ● ● ●
ZB. 80/90A ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●
ZB. 90B/100 ● ● ● ● ● ● ●
ZB. 112/132 ● ● ●
ZB. 160/180A

ZB. 180B/200

ZB. 225

The selected drive combination


• Gearbox AME 40 TD i = 91.1
• Motor ZBF 100 A 8/2
is a possible combination for central drive arrangement.
203352_5-6_enGB_080812

163
Check the motor with its technical key data from the geared motors catalogue.

Key data for 8/2-pole motors


40/40 % CDF
PN nN MN IN cosφN IA/IN MA/MN MH JMot A Bremse Gewicht
380-
Typ
[kW] [1/min] [Nm] 400V [Nm] [kgm2 [h-1] Typ [Nm] [kg]

[A] x 10-3] Type MBStd 1)

0.06 675 0.85 0.66 0.59 1.40 2.2 1.7 720


ZBF 63 A 8/2 4.59 B003 1.4 10.0
0.25 2745 0.87 0.95 0.71 2.65 2.1 1.5 550
0.09 675 1.25 0.76 0.61 1.60 2.7 2.5 620
ZBF 71 A 8/2 6.90 B003 1.9 12.2
0.34 2785 1.15 1.00 0.73 3.50 2.6 2.5 500
0.13 630 1.95 1.45 0.64 1.20 2.1 3.5 620
ZBF 80 A 8/2 12.75 B020 3.3 19.5
0.50 2790 1.70 1.45 0.73 4.50 2.6 4.0 500
0.20 690 2.80 1.50 0.50 1.95 2.5 6.5 580
ZBF 90 B 8/2 21.69 B020 4.4 28.2
0.80 2765 2.80 2.30 0.79 3.60 2.4 6.2 450
0.29 685 4.00 2.10 0.50 1.80 2.5 9.0 460
ZBF 100 A 8/2 30.92 B050 8.3 35.0
1.20 2760 4.20 3.20 0.82 4.00 2.5 9.5 350
0.46 705 6.20 2.50 0.49 2.50 2.4 15.0 460
ZBF 112 A 8/2 43.74 B050 11.0 56.4
1.90 2855 6.40 4.30 0.85 5.30 2.4 14.5 350
0.72 700 9.80 3.10 0.53 2.45 2.0 20.0 400
ZBF 132 A 8/2 72.67 B140 18.0 74.0
2.90 2815 9.80 6.70 0.91 5.50 2.4 23.0 320
0.88 700 12.00 4.10 0.50 2.55 2.2 26.0 360
ZBF 132 B 8/2 92.86 B140 23.0 76.0
3.50 2860 11.70 7.70 0.86 6.00 2.7 30.0 300
20315044_008

Required balancing power at full with a specific traction resistance for a DRS 200 GJS (GGG) of 92 N/t from
5

load section 5.2.1.1 and skewing of 0.5 ‰, this results in a travel resistance for a
suitable clean rail of:

Mfric L  180°
FW = froll · R + + G · g · R · tan( · )
d/2 1000 

0.5 180°
FW = 92 N/t · 32.000 kg + 0 + 0.15 · 9.81 m/s2 · 32.000 kg · tan( · )
1000 
= 2960 N

with a total efficiency = 0.9 of the travel drive with offset geared motor, this re-
sults in the minimum required drive output (balancing output):

FW · v
PBal =

for the low speed:

2960 N · 5 m/min
PBal1 = = 0.274 kW < PN1 = 0.29 kW
60.000 · 0.9
203352_5-6_enGB_080812

for the high speed:

2960 N · 20 m/min
PBal2 = = 1.10 kW < PN2 = 1.2 kW
60.000 · 0.9
164
Acceleration and braking The acceleration and deceleration rates are calculated according to section 5.2.2:

Drive force

n
Fa = AM · MH · ·2··
v

685 rpm
Fa1 = 1 · 9 Nm · · 2 · · 0.9 = 6972 N
5 m/min

2800 rpm
Fa2 = 1 · 9.5 Nm · · 2 ·  · 0.9 = 7521 N
20 m/min

Brake force

n 1
FBR = AM · MBr · · 2 · ·
v η

685 rpm 1
FBR1 = 1 · 8.3 Nm · · 2 · · = 7398 N
5 m/min 0.9

2800 rpm 1
FBR2 = 1 · 8.3 Nm · · 2 · · = 8112 N
20 m/min 0.9

Motor mass

5
n 2
mM = 4 · 2 · AM · JMot · (v)
685 rpm 2
mM1 = 4 · 2 · 1 · 0.03092 kgm2 · ( 5 m/min ) = 22910 kg

2800 rpm 2
mM2 = 4 · 2· 1 · 0.03092 kgm2 · ( 20 m/min ) = 23925 kg

Motor mass, run-up

mMH = mM · 

mMH1 = 22910 kg · 0.9 = 20619 kg

mMH2 = 23925 kg · 0.9 = 21533 kg

Motor mass, braking


mM
mMBr =

22910 kg
mMBr1 = = 25456 kg
0.9
203352_5-6_enGB_080812

23925 kg
mMBr2 = = 26583 kg
0.9

165
results in an

acceleration of

Fa – Fw
a=
mMH + m

Fa1 – Fw 6972 N – 2944 N


a1 = = = 0.077 m/s2
mMH1 + m 20619 kg + 32000 kg

Fa2 – Fw 7521 N – 2944 N


a2 = = = 0.085 m/s2
mMH2 + m 21533 kg + 32000 kg

and mechanical deceleration of


FBr + Fw
aBr =
MMBr + m

FBr1 + Fw 7938 N + 2944 N


aBr1 = = = 0.19 m/s2
MMBr1 + m 25456 kg + 32000 kg

FBr2 + Fw 8112 N + 2944 N


aBr2 = = = 0.19 m/s2
MMBr2 + m 26583 kg + 32000 kg

Motor starting frequency Starting-up via the 8-pole winding (starting at slow speed) results in a starting-up
time from slow speed v1 to fast speed v2 (according to section 5.2.3).

v2 – v1 20 m/min – 5 m/min
5

t= = = 2.94 s
a2 60 · 0.085 m/s2

results in a starting frequency for the 2-pole winding of

A 350 s/h
c= = = 119 1/h
t 2.94 s

for the slow speed with the starting-up time from 0 to v1

v1 5 m/min
t1 = = = 1.08 s
a1 60 · 0.077 m/s2

results in the following possible starting frequency

A 460 s/h
c= = = 426 1/h
t1 1.08 s

A cycle number of 24 per hour was required in the application. This requires a
203352_5-6_enGB_080812

starting frequency for the 2-pole winding, i.e. for the high speed, of 48 per hour.
The motor is suitable for 119 starts per hour for the 2-pole winding and is, there-
fore, adequately dimensioned.

166
Friction of the brake The final step is to check the brake in accordance with section 5.2.4.
with:
Moment of inertia of the mass displaced with reference to the motor shaft

m · v2 32000kg · (20 m/min)2


Jload = · = · 0.9 = 0.0372 kgm2
4 · 2 · n2 4 · 2 · (2800 rpm)2

Total moment of inertia

Jtot = Jmot + Jload = 0.03092 kgm2 + 0.0372 kgm2 = 0.068 kgm2

Load moment

PBal2 · η 1.10 kW · 1000 · 60 s/min · 0.9


ML = = = 3.43 Nm
2· ·n 2 ·  · 2760 rpm

resulting in friction of

1 MBr
WR = · Jtot · (2 · ∆n)2 ·
2 MBr + ML

1 2760 8.3 Nm
WR = · 0.068 kgm2 · (2 ·  1/s)2 · = 1984 Ws

5
2 60 8.3 Nm + 3.58 Nm

With friction of approx. 2000 Ws and brake B050, the following diagram
(n ≤ 3600 rpm, geared motors catalogue) indicates approx. 700 permissible brak-
ing operations per hour (c/h) from maximum speed to standstill.
Permissible friction WR per braking operation in J

Braking operations per hour ≈ 700 c/h 42505845.eps


203352_5-6_enGB_080812

48 braking operations were required in the application. Additional braking opera-


tions from the low speed no longer have to be checked separately since the friction
energy is 16 times smaller than for braking from the high speed, which would result
in more than 1000 possible braking operations.
The brake is therefore adequately dimensioned.
167
Travel wheel slip torque The travel wheel slip torque must be calculated for this example as described in
section 5.2.5 in the following way:

Total weight 32000 kg


Rmax = = = 8000 kg
Number of wheels 4

with an adhesion coefficient for GJS (GGG) travel wheels on steel rail of μH = 0.2,
a travel wheel slip torque of

d Number of driven wheels


Mpu = Rmax · μH · g · ·
2 Number of motors

0.2 m 2
Mpu = 8000 kg · 0.2 · 9.81 m/s2 · · = 3140 Nm
2 1

The gearbox limit torque of the A...40 gearbox (i = 91.1) with the transmission ratio
of i = 91.1 from geared travel motors catalogue Volume 3, (203 013 44, chapter 3)
results in

DRS 200
A 40 A 50
iGear Mlimit Rperm iGear Mlimit Rperm

81.5 1980 10092 71.6 3450 17584


5

91.1 1980 10092 78.0 3342 17034


101 1980 10092 87.4 3450 17584

Mlimit = 1980 Nm, corresponds to permissible wheel load 10092 kg for the sum
total of the wheel load of a drive chain arrangement

Without travel wheel slip torque Therefore, Mpu > Mlimit and the gearbox is not adequately dimensioned for the ap-
plication with travel wheel slip torque.
The perm. wheel load (Rperm = 10092 kg) is < than the total of the wheel loads (2 x
8000 kg) of the drive chain for a central drive arrangement.
The ‘travel wheel slip torque’ load situation caused by, for example, buffer impact
must be excluded. It this cannot be guaranteed, a larger gearbox must be used. In
this case, select and check gearbox size A50.

Note
For reasons of simplification, a specified standard speed is assumed for this calcu-
lation. The actual speeds in the application are dependent on the actual transmis-
sion ratio, the motor load and, therefore, on the resulting motor speed. This results
in a speed of 688/2815 rpm at full load for this example. Therefore, the actual
speed ranges between 4.75 – 5.04 / 19.4 – 20.3 m/min.
According to the geared motors catalogue (203 151 44) the offset geared motor
model code is specified in accordance with the mounting position as:
AME 40 TD M1 11 1 91.1 ZBF 100 A 8/2 B050
203352_5-6_enGB_080812

168
5.4.10 Select the components

5.4.10.1 Select the drive shaft For the specified track gauge of 2100 mm and the selected drive, the following
drive shaft component should be selected in accordance with section 3.11.2:

Central shaft set: Part no. 860 313 46

The intermediate shaft is suitable for a maximum track gauge of 2240 mm and
must be shortened appropriately to the actual track gauge dimension.

5.4.10.2 Determine the type key The following type key is selected for the four wheel blocks according to sec-
tion 2.1:
R1.1: 1 x DRS 200 A50 A 55 K X A40
R1.2: 1 x DRS 200 MA50 A 55 K X X
R2.1, R2.2: 2 x DRS 200 NA A 55 K X X

5.4.10.3 Special measures The tool-changing carriage is operated indoors at normal ambient temperatures
and under clean operating conditions. Therefore, special measures are not re-
quired.

5.4.10.4 Select the components – Qty. Designation


order list 1 DRS 200 A50 A 55 K X A40

1 DRS 200 MA50 A 55 K X X

5
2 DRS 200 NA A 55 K X X

1 Geared travel motor AME 40 TD M1 11 1 91.1 ZBF 100 A 8/2 B050

1 Torque bracket MA 200-1 (part no. 753 190 44)

1 Central shaft set (part no. 860 303 46).

4 Top connection set (part no. 752 520 44).

4 Buffer set DPZ 160 (part no. 860 822 46)

2100

R1.1
R1.2
2500

R2.1 R2.2
203352_5-6_enGB_080812

43436544.eps

169
6 Appendix

6.1 Notes on ordering Kindly read the following remarks concerning orders to ensure that your orders are
processed smoothly and rapidly.
If you have any questions, please contact your drive supplier or our technical de-
partment.

6.1.1 Ordering on the basis of a Please refer to our quote/calculation with project no. and date.
quote or drive calculation Please mark any changes or additions clearly.

6.1.2 Ordering drives selected by Please use the enquiry form on the following pages to ensure that your order is
you or your customers complete and to avoid the need for any further clarification.

6.1.3 Replacement drive To clearly identify the original delivery, we require the serial/motor no. stamped on
the rating plate.
Further technical details are not required.
6

203352_5-6_enGB_080812

170
6.2 Project data sheet

Project data sheet Fax no.


Demag DRS wheel block system
(see section 6.3)

From company: Date:

Mr./Ms.: Telephone:

Department: Telefax:

Address:

Required delivery date:

Enquiry data: Mass to be displaced: of which deadweight:


Travel speed: Positioning speed:
Acceleration: Deceleration:
Duty factor: Starting frequency:
Operating hours per day:
Travel path: Travel wheel diameter:
Number of wheels: of which driven:
Number of motors: Stopping accuracy:
Travel path gradient: Wind force:
Rail/rail head width:

Travel wheel material: Cast iron Polyamide Hydropur

Travel wheel type Flange on both sides Tread width:


(only for cast iron wheels): Flange on one side Running surface width:
No flanges Convex travel wheel
Special travel wheel Specification:

6
Connection variants: Top connection Side connection Pin connection
End connection

Drive variants: Individual drive unit Central drive unit Track gauge:

Accessories: Torque bracket Buffer Shaft protection


Guide rollers Shafts + accessories:

Standard RAL 7001 Special paint finish:

Environment: Ambient temperature: Outdoor operation


Special ambient conditions:
203352_5-6_enGB_080812

Geared motor data: Voltage: Frequency: Duty factor:


Offset gearbox Angular gearbox
Special design:
171
6.3 Addresses The current addresses of the sales offices in Germany and the
subsidiaries and agencies worldwide can be found on the Demag Cranes
& Components homepage at
www.demagcranes.com
6

203352_5-6_enGB_080812

172
6
Demag Cranes & Components GmbH
P.O. Box 67 · 58286 Wetter (Germany)
Telephone +49 (0)23 35 92-0
Telefax +49 (0) 23 35 92-7676
Printed in Germany

E-mail drives@demagcranes.com
www.demagcranes.com

Reproduction in whole or in part only with prior consent of Demag Cranes & Components, 58286 Wetter (Germany) Subject to alteration. Not liable for errors or omissions

You might also like